05.04.2013 Views

1972 - The Vasculum

1972 - The Vasculum

1972 - The Vasculum

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

THE VASCULUM<br />

APRIL <strong>1972</strong><br />

Vol. LVII No. 1 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />

Edited by<br />

T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />

THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />

BY THE WAY<br />

Secretaries of Societies and other contributions to "<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>" are invited<br />

to send their notes to the Editor before 15th June, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />

THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETIES<br />

In these days of modernisation and keeping up to date, what has been<br />

happening to our constituent Natural History Societies? Have they been standing still<br />

and waiting for something to happen or are they moving forward by tackling new<br />

projects?<br />

In recent years, the Naturalists' Trusts have arrived, with a special<br />

purpose, conservation. We have seen evolution taking place here too, for the joint<br />

trust of Northumberland and Durham has now split into two separate County Trusts.<br />

How has all this affected the Natural History Societies? In spite of the space set aside<br />

in this journal for news from the societies, not much of it is taken up. Hence our<br />

question is very relevant.<br />

We would suggest that some serious work in recording the plants and<br />

animals in the Societies' own areas would be of great value. As the work of the<br />

Naturalists' Trusts becomes more extensive and more areas for conservation come<br />

under scrutiny they could be helped tremendously by the records of the Natural<br />

History Societies. Too often a site of some natural history interest is lost to industry<br />

or some other form of development because nothing is known about its wild life. <strong>The</strong><br />

trusts cannot object to development if they have no reason for doing so and very little<br />

time to find any. If, however, the information has already been gathered by the local<br />

Natural History Society, it is a simple matter to pass it on to the trust at such a time.<br />

<strong>The</strong> need for knowledge of the animal life, and particularly the insects, is most acute.<br />

Time and time again we are asked if there are any special insects in such and such a<br />

habitat and have to admit total ignorance of the site. <strong>The</strong> local natural history society<br />

could do<br />

1


no better service to natural history than to get out into the surrounding countryside<br />

with notebook and pencil and list everything. <strong>The</strong> botanists have done well in<br />

recording the plants from all over Britain but the picture is still not complete. It is not<br />

so easy with animals, of course, because they do not stay still to allow themselves to<br />

be inspected. Much reasearch on distribution is required here and what a worth while<br />

service would be accomplished if this kind of project were undertaken more<br />

frequently and more thoroughly.<br />

It is time for the committees of the Natural History Societies and Field<br />

Clubs to take a look at themselves and see what they are doing and whether they are<br />

fulfilling their objectives. We would pose the question, "Is your aim merely to<br />

entertain or be entertained, or have you some more serious, more important<br />

objective?"<br />

We would be pleased to hear what you are doing in your society. We are always<br />

ready to publish your news and provide you with a little publicity in so doing.<br />

PUBLICATION NEWS<br />

This edition sees the raising of the subscriptions for both membership of<br />

the N.N.U. and the <strong>Vasculum</strong> to £1.00 per annum. You have been warned already in<br />

these pages, but subscriptions for <strong>1972</strong> are already arriving at the old rates. Once<br />

again, please note the increase. Our bill for the October edition proved to be as<br />

astronomical as we feared. <strong>The</strong>re is, therefore, very little in the funds at the moment<br />

for another such effort. At the same time we are under pressure to make it an annual<br />

event and we would certainly like that to be so. It will be impossible without some<br />

more money. If our membership were to be doubled or even trebled, the problem<br />

would be solved. If you want the publication of such an edition to continue the matter<br />

is in your hands. All you have to do is to persuade some of your friends to become<br />

members of the N.N.U. We would very much like to see a lot of the associate<br />

members becoming full members. Could we appeal to all secretaries to mention this<br />

in their society meetings?<br />

In the meantime, prompt payment of subscriptions would be greatly appreciated<br />

FLORA OF DURHAM<br />

<strong>The</strong> meeting arranged by Mr Sayers in the Science Laboratories at<br />

Durham, took place as announced in the last edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>. It was a great<br />

success and enthusiastic botanists were present to to volunteer for survey work<br />

afterwards.<br />

2


One of the problems that came out at the meeting was the diffidence of<br />

some people as to the competance of their powers of plant identification. To help<br />

overcome this. Dr. M. E. Bradshaw is planning a course of eight field-meetings in<br />

S.E. Durham in May, June and July on identification of the less familiar groups of<br />

plants including grasses, sedges, etc. She would be pleased to hear from anyone<br />

interested at 32, Old Elvet, Durham. To the same end, Mr. Dunn is running a<br />

residential weekend course at Beamish Hall from 19th to 21st May, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />

Experienced botanists who wish to help should write to Rev. G. G. Graham. <strong>The</strong><br />

Vicarage, Hunwick, Crook, Co. Durham as soon as possible.<br />

THE SOCIETIES<br />

NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />

<strong>The</strong> 48th Annual Meeting of the Union was held in the Hancock Museum<br />

on March 25th, by kind permission of the Natural History Society of<br />

Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle upon Tyne and the Museum Management<br />

Committee.<br />

Dr. W. A. Clark, the President was in the Chair. After reading the minutes<br />

of the last Annual General Meeting, the treasurer presented his report coupled with<br />

that of the editor. He pointed out that the specially enlarged edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />

having cost over £200, the reserves of the Union had been completely used up. It was<br />

therefore necessary, not only to raise subscriptions for membership and the<br />

<strong>Vasculum</strong>, but also to explore the possibility of obtaining grants from various<br />

sources, before another similar volume could be printed. Another effective and more<br />

permanent method would be to increase membership. All members were therefore<br />

urged to do some membership recruitment, and to bring the enlarged edition to the<br />

notice of their friends. <strong>The</strong> Editor would be most pleased to sell copies to any<br />

member of the general public.<br />

Mr. E. Hinton-Clifton, President Elect, was then invited to become<br />

President, whereupon Dr. Clark vacated the Chair in bis favour. During the election<br />

of officers, Mr. Dennis Hall, of 14, Fairburn Avenue, Houghton-le-Spring, Co.<br />

Durham, accepted the post of General Secretary, to the great joy of Mr. Dunn who<br />

had done the Secretary's work in a temporary capacity during the past year. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

followed a few moments silence in memory of Mr. Wilkinson and Mr. Hutchinson<br />

both of whom had passed away only a few weeks before the meeting.<br />

Dr. T. G. Walker of the Department of Botany, University of Newcastle<br />

upon Tyne, then gave a talk entitled "<strong>The</strong> Natural<br />

3


History of Lndonesia." This dealt mainly with two areas, one on the island of Java<br />

and the other on Celebes. His photographs showed beautifully some of the<br />

specialities of the islands. Some of the oddities such as Rafflesia, Nepenthes, the<br />

Lianes and other epiphytes were quite spectacular. No less interesting were some of<br />

the animals.<br />

After a vote of thanks from Dr. Todd, we then moved to a small laboratory nearby to<br />

take tea, served by Miss Vincent and the girls of Chester-le-Street Deanery<br />

Secondary School. <strong>The</strong> exhibits were on display in this room. As always at the<br />

A.G.M., Mr. Cooke's show of spring flowers were again a source of wonder and<br />

pleasure to all members. In addition there was a beautiful collection of old books on<br />

natural history, brought by Mr. R. Johnson, pressed plants by Mr. Hird and a<br />

collection of foreign postage stamps showing plants and animals by Mrs. Gibby.<br />

ANNFIELD PLAIN AND STANLEY NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

In spite of continued difficulties with his eyesight, Mr. Fred Wade still<br />

sends in details of the activities of the club as reported in the local press.<br />

A series of very interesting lectures continued during the winter session<br />

except for a period during the coal strike when they had to be cancelled because of<br />

difficulties with the central heating. <strong>The</strong> Annual General Meeting and dinner was<br />

held in the Stanley Civic Hall on January 29th, <strong>1972</strong>. During: the business meeting<br />

officials were elected for <strong>1972</strong>, then the summer outings were announced. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

showed considerable variation including a bus tour of the Lake District, a conducted<br />

tour round the City of Newcastle and a series of walks chosen from areas between the<br />

Scottish border in Kielder Forest and Wensleydale. <strong>The</strong>re was also a photographic<br />

competition for the best 50 transparencies taken by members on summer outings. <strong>The</strong><br />

non-photographers thoroughly enjoyed the show.<br />

After dinner, entertainment was provided by the Song and Folk Dance<br />

Group of the Benfieldside Secondary School under the leadership of Mrs. Muir.<br />

At a special ceremony in the Catchgate Library organised by Councillor Oyston and<br />

the Annfield Plain Reading Room Committee, a portrait photograph of Fred Wade<br />

was hung in the library. This was a tribute to Fred's outstanding leadership in helping<br />

to run the library and the Naturalists' Field Club for so many years. He recalled how<br />

money was obtained from the Carnegie Trust and by local collections to build the<br />

library in 1908. April 1st, <strong>1972</strong> saw the end of the library in its old form, since it has<br />

now been taken over fully by Durham County Council.<br />

4


BIRTLEY AND CHESTER-LE-STREET NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />

<strong>The</strong> fortnightly lectures have continued as in the session before Christmas<br />

with some very interesting talks and discussions. <strong>The</strong> Annual Dinner took place in<br />

January in the Lambton Arms Hotel when a very pleasant evening was spent talking<br />

over old times. <strong>The</strong> Annual General Meeting on March 14th was followed by<br />

selections of members' slides. Some very interesting discussion about these was<br />

forthcoming. This proved to be another very enjoyable evening.<br />

<strong>The</strong> outings on the first Sunday of the month have continued throughout the winter<br />

with excursions to the coast at Seaham Harbour, Hawthorn Dene to see the<br />

snowdrops, etc.<br />

CLEVELAND AND TEESSIDE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

<strong>The</strong> summer programme is now fully prepared and contains a number of<br />

varied activities. <strong>The</strong> emphasis, of course, is on outdoor meetings, some of which are<br />

very local on Wednesday evenings, but many are for half a day or a whole day at<br />

greater distances away from home. Most will rely on members' cars for transport, but<br />

that to the Fame Islands on 11th June is by coach. <strong>The</strong> number of places is limited so<br />

early booking from the secretary is necessary. Anyone interested sho'uld write to Mr.<br />

B. Tinkler, 19, Newham Crescent, Marten, Middlesbrough.<br />

DARLINGTON AND TEESDALE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB<br />

<strong>The</strong> 1971 report describes a memorable year for the Field Club. A special<br />

dinner was held in April to celebrate the 80th year of foundation. It is hoped too that<br />

the club has at last found a permanent home in the Arthur Pease Projection <strong>The</strong>atre,<br />

part of the Darlington College of Education. For several years now the society has<br />

been on the move from one place to another. Perhaps at long last a settled period is<br />

about to start. Unfortunately the club's museum collection and equipment had to be<br />

somewhat broken up. All the pieces are in the College of Education but in different<br />

rooms.<br />

<strong>The</strong> year has seen a very full programme of lectures, films and discussions<br />

indoors, with outings both in winter and in summer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> various sections have carried out many special projects on their own.<br />

Thorough and carefully checked records have been kept. Of particular significance<br />

are those of the ornithologists, the botanists and the mammalogists.<br />

T he membership has remained absolutely constant and the funds show a<br />

healthy surplus. Altogether there is a good foundation for another successful year in<br />

<strong>1972</strong>.<br />

5


NOTES AND RECORDS<br />

NOTES<br />

Bird Notes. <strong>The</strong> following ornithological observations may be of interest to readers:—<br />

Black Tern: Autumn passage. From August 27th to September 4th, an immature bird was at<br />

Washington ponds.<br />

Arctic/Common Tern: Autumn passage. During August and up to September 16th, present daily at<br />

Washington ponds, with a maximum of at least 110 terns on September 4th. <strong>The</strong>se ponds are 51/2 miles inland<br />

from the sea.<br />

Ruff: Autumn passage. Up to 28 birds present at the Washington Ponds, throughout August and<br />

September.<br />

Common Sandpiper: On the evening of August 23rd, during the hours of darkness, an individual<br />

was heard calling as it flew overhead towards the south on autumn passage, at Shield Row. Previously, on August<br />

15th, two birds were observed by the side of a stream at Tanfield, less than half a mile from Shield Row.<br />

Little Ringed Plover: An individual at the Washington ponds on August 27th. Breeding was<br />

suspected in the area in 1970, as a family party was seen for several weeks in late summer of that year.<br />

Spotted Redshank: Autumn passage. On August 27th, three birds at Washington ponds.<br />

Greenshank: Autumn passage. Present at Washington ponds, throughout August and September,<br />

with a maximum of 8 birds on September 4th.<br />

Dunlin: Washington ponds. A single bird on September 27th.<br />

Golden Plover: On October 3rd, an individual was noted at East Tanfield.<br />

Heron: Frequently seen during September at the Washington ponds, with a maximum of three<br />

birds.<br />

Eider Duck: On August 23rd at Seahouses. A drake Eider which was on the sea, was observed on<br />

several occasions diving for fish. On each occasion that it came to the surface a nearby hovering Herring Gull<br />

would swoop down and snatch a fish from the duck's bill.<br />

Common Pochard: A party of 5 birds was at the Washington ponds on September 11th.<br />

Collared Doves: A pair present in the grounds of Newcastle University, during December.<br />

Swift: Late date. On September 13th, an individual was observed flying south over Shield Row.<br />

Whinchat: During a period of "drift" migration on the east coast. An individual bird was noted on<br />

September 13th in Marsden quarry, South Shelds.<br />

Grey Wagtail: Outside the breeding season. A pair were noted by a stream at Tanfield during<br />

October.<br />

R. Marston Palmer.<br />

Dotterel on the Northern Pennines. Regarding the query in the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, Vol. LV, No. 3, page<br />

22, about the last record of the Dotterel on Cross Fell. In the book "<strong>The</strong> Birds of iWestmorland and the Northern<br />

Pennines," (1933) by J. Oliver Wilson, there is a record of two pairs of Doterells spending the summer of 1923 on<br />

a fell in the vicinity of Cross Fell. One of these pairs nested and reared a brood of two. <strong>The</strong> following year dotterel<br />

again appeared and stayed until July, but breeding was not proved. From 1925 to 1933, J. Oliver Wilson saw no<br />

more birds around Cross Fell, but in August of 1927 he noted a party of nine in another part of the Northern<br />

Pennines.<br />

In the Transactions of the Carlisle Natural History Society, Vol. VIII (1954), there is a record of a<br />

nesting bird in the Lake District on June 7th, 1925, and in the Ornithological Report for 1946 for Northumberland<br />

and Durham, there is a note of a pair of Dotterel during Mav on a fell at<br />

6


the head of Allendale. <strong>The</strong> late Mr. G. W. Temperley searched this fell and Cross Fell on three occasions, but<br />

failed to find any birds. During the summer of 1971, two local ornithologists, P. Yeoman and R. Adams searched<br />

the vicinity of Cross Fell to see if the breeding dotterel of the previous year were again present, but none were<br />

seen.<br />

R. Marston Palmer.<br />

Butterflies in the Redworth Area, 1971. <strong>The</strong> return of the butterflies this year has been a great<br />

joy. Not that they are back in full force but some species have appeared for the first time for many years in this<br />

area. Polyommatus icarus Rott., Maniola jurtina L., and Anthocharis cardamines L. were out in good numbers in<br />

places where they had been strangers since 1965. On the Buddleias and Sedums in the garden the most welcome<br />

visitor was one Peacock (Nymphalis io L.) on September 2nd. Small Tortoiseshells (Aglais urticae L.) were in<br />

small numbers, but only one Red Admiral (Vanessa atalanta L.) appeared on October 2nd. <strong>The</strong> Large White<br />

(Pieris brasscae L.) was very late in appearing at any strength this year but was the last butterfly to go off the<br />

wing.<br />

T. W. Jefferson.<br />

Kingfishers. <strong>The</strong>se birds seemi to be getting commoner. I had not seen any for some years, and<br />

then I saw one by the river at Escombe at the end of July, two by Old Durham Beck on the outskirts of Durham<br />

City on August 11th (a situation which might well provide a good nesting site), and one on Tursdale Pond, near<br />

Coxhoe, about a fortnight later.<br />

J. L. Crosby.<br />

RECORDS<br />

AVES — BIRDS<br />

Cygnus cygnus L. (Whooper Swan) 67<br />

A flock of 88 including 23 juveniles on Holywell Pond on November 27th, 1971.<br />

Branta bernicla L. (Brent Goose). 67<br />

A single bird on Holywell Pond on November 27th.<br />

Carduetis carduelis L. (Goldfinch). 66<br />

A flock of approximately 60 on waste ground in South Dock area, Sunderland, on November 9th.<br />

C. J. Gent.<br />

FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />

Polygonum viviparum \ 67<br />

W. bank of Tyne opposite Priest's Crag.<br />

Polygonum bistorta L. (Snake-root.) 67<br />

Railway embankment, Jesmond, Newcastle; Lynn Bum near Apperley Bank.<br />

Parietaria diffusa Mert. and Koch. (Pellitory-of-the-Wall). 68<br />

Warkworth Hermitage.<br />

Salix triandra L. (Almond Willow). 68<br />

Tweed bank near St. Cuthbert's.<br />

Andromeda polifolia L. (Marsh Andromeda). 67<br />

Hot Moss (Blenkinsop Common); Towny Moss (Coanwood Common).<br />

Pyrola minor L. (Common Wintergreen). 67<br />

Wood Hall Wood (nr. Harbottle); S. bank of Coquet between Holystone and Dueshill Wood.<br />

Lysimachia vulgaris L. (Yellow Loosestrife). 67<br />

S. bank of Coquet below Wtwd Hall Wood.<br />

Vinca minor L. (Lesser Periwinkle). 68<br />

Near Twizell House (Warenford).<br />

7


Vinca major L. (Greater Periwinkle). 68<br />

Old railway near Cornhill.<br />

Gentianella campestris (L.) Borner. 67, 68<br />

Around old quarries and lime workings near the head of Bateinghope Burn at 1,700 (67). Very<br />

abundant on Ross Links (68).<br />

Polemonium caeruleum L. (Jacob's Ladder). 68<br />

Coquet gravels between Sharpeton and High Farnham.<br />

Pentaglottis sempervirens (L.) Tausch. (Alkanet). 67<br />

Near Duke's House.<br />

Echium vulgare L. (Viper's Bugloss). 68<br />

On the rocks by the Tweed below Comhill; Wark Castle.<br />

Lycium chinense Mill. 68<br />

Railway bridge at St. Cuthberts (Tillmouth).<br />

Scrophularia umbrosa Dumont. 80<br />

Near Trow Crags.<br />

Veronica scutellata L. var. villosa. 67<br />

Swinhope Burn (E. Allendale).<br />

Lathraea squamaria L. (Toothwort). 68<br />

Wooded bank of Tweed below Coldstream Bridge.<br />

Acinos arvensis (Lam.) Dandy. (Basil-Thyme). 68<br />

Old railway near Cornhill.<br />

Lamium hybridum Vill. (Cut-leaved Dead-nettle). 68<br />

Field near St Cuthbert's (Tillmouth).<br />

Galium boreale L. (Northern Bedstraw). 80<br />

Trow Crags.<br />

Senecio squalidus L. (Oxford Ragwort). 67,68<br />

Waste ground near Sandyford Road, Newcastle (67). Old railway near Cornhill (68).<br />

Sambucus racemosa L. 66, 67<br />

On both sides of the Beldon Burn near Hunstanworth.<br />

Petasites hybridus (L.) Gaertn., Mey and Scherb. (female) 67<br />

E. bank of Devil's Water above Dilston.<br />

Filago minima (Sm.) Pers. (Slender Cudweed). 67, 68<br />

Coquet gravels between Holystone and Dueshill Wood (67), and between Sharpeton and High<br />

Farnham (68).<br />

Lactuca virosa L. 68<br />

N. bank of Till between Twizell Bridge and Twizell Mill; on rocks<br />

by the Tweed belOw Cornhill.<br />

Crepis mollis (Jacq.) Ascher. (Soft Hawk's-beard). 66, 67<br />

Roadsides between Hunstanworth and Baybridge (66), and between<br />

Baybridge and Blanchland (67).<br />

Potamogeton x salicifolius Wolfg, (dot. J. E. Dandy). 68<br />

Tweed near St. Cuthbert's and also opposite Lennel Howtown.<br />

Potamogeton obtusifolius Mert. and Koch. (Grassy Pondweed). 68<br />

Barlees Pond.<br />

Potamogeton berchtoldii Fieb. (Small Pondweed). 67, 68<br />

Pond near Sidewood (Tarset Burn) (67). Barlees Pond; Coquet at Angryhaugh (68).<br />

Zannichellia palustris L. (Horned Pondweed). 68<br />

Fenham Burn near Fenham Lowmoor.<br />

Convallaria majalis L. (Lily-of-the-Valley). 67<br />

A large patch on the site of a cut down wood on the Lynn Burn<br />

Gagea lutea (L.) Ker-Gawl. (Yellow Star-of-Bethlehem). 67<br />

By the River Blyth, about 10 ml. from Newcastle.<br />

Paris quadrifolia L. (Herb Paris). 67<br />

N. bank of Hart Burn, S.E. of Hartburn.<br />

Listera cordata (L.) R.Br. (Lesser Twayblade). 67, 68<br />

<strong>The</strong> Dodd at the head of W. Allendale; Great Blacklaw Hill and also by Bog Sike (Thinhope Bum);<br />

wooded S. bank of Coquet below Wood Hall Wood (67); by Barlees Pond (68).<br />

G. A, and M. Swan.<br />

8


THE VASCULUM<br />

JULY <strong>1972</strong><br />

Vol. LVII No. 2 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />

Edited by<br />

T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />

THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />

BY THE WAY<br />

Secretaries of Societies and other contributors to "<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>" are invited to<br />

send their notes to the Editor before 15th November, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />

PUBLICATIONS<br />

We have published, as a supplement to the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, "Sources of<br />

Information on the Natural History of County Durham," by W. B. Woodward, Keeper<br />

of Science Books at the University of Durham. This list is alphabetically arranged, by<br />

authors, and contains 500 references to books, journals, dissertations, etc. It will be<br />

invaluable to every naturalist in the north who wishes to pursue his specialist interest<br />

further than can be obtained by first hand knowledge in the field, important though<br />

this may be.<br />

<strong>The</strong> booklet has the same format as the extended edition of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>, October<br />

1971. It will NOT be sent out to members as a free issue but, every copy must be sold<br />

in order to pay for the proposed enlarged edition of October <strong>1972</strong>. Its price is 50p. If<br />

you wish to see the <strong>Vasculum</strong> prosper in its new efforts to distribute information<br />

about the natural history of our counties, then buy a copy quickly. We expect to see<br />

the stacks of booklets melt away within a few weeks. Only a limited number of<br />

copies has been printed so order yours from the Editor now, before they all disappear.<br />

9


GUIDE TO THE SOURCE DOCUMENTS OF "THE WILDLIFE OF THE LOWER<br />

DERWENT VALLEY" 1969<br />

A report on the wildlife of the Lower Derwent Valley was written in 1969<br />

by Derek Ungley, who was at that time working in Newcastle upon Tyne for the<br />

Nature Conservancy. <strong>The</strong> purpose behind the report was that the Durham County<br />

Council Planning Department should have a statement from naturalists on the value<br />

placed on various parts of the valley and that this would help the planners to reach<br />

proper conclusions as demands for changing land use inevitably appear. <strong>The</strong> report<br />

was compiled from many documents of very varied descriptions which were<br />

submitted by many people in a grand piece of teamwork that included members of<br />

local natural history societies, the Northumberland and Durham Naturalists' Trust as<br />

it then was, the Nature Conservancy and of course a number of individual<br />

contributors.<br />

In order that the information in the source documents should not be lost,<br />

three sets, complete with maps, have been prepared. One set is to be held by the<br />

County Planning Department for their professional use, one set is to be held by the<br />

Nature Conservancy and one set is to be held by the Science Section of Durham<br />

University Library. It is this last set which people are most readily able to consult<br />

though this must be done during normal working hours in the library. Copies,<br />

including maps, can be made for a charge and under the usual conditions.<br />

While it is hoped that the Guide and the documents will prove useful as<br />

they are, the intention is that new information shall be fed into the dossier on the<br />

valley, in other words to the Keeper of Science Books, University Library, Science<br />

Section, South Road, Durham.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Guide has been deposited at the National Lending Library for Science<br />

and Technology. This means that it has been publicised in the NLL Announcement<br />

Bulletin and that it is available from the NLL in the usual way through your library.<br />

Retention copies can be supplied (NLL form + 2 coupons).<br />

Requesters should quote the full title of the document: — Guide to the<br />

source documents of the wildlife of the Lower Derwent Valley (NLL-D).<br />

To sum up, if you have an interest in the widlife of the Lower Derwent<br />

Valley, you can borrow or buy a copy of the Guide from the NLL or you may consult<br />

a copy held by: —<br />

Durham University Library, Science Section.<br />

Consett Public Library.<br />

Durham County Reference Library.<br />

<strong>The</strong> source documents can be consulted at and copies bought from: —<br />

Durham University Library, Science Section.<br />

10


HOLY ISLAND<br />

<strong>The</strong> deterioration of the natural history and general pollution of Holy<br />

Island in recent years has been brought to our notice by Mr. L. P. Hird, who spends<br />

his holiday there each year.<br />

<strong>The</strong> advent of the new causeway and the tarmac road across the island<br />

foreshore was the milestone which accelerated the breakdown of the old way of life.<br />

Suddenly the island was deluged with people from cars and buses. With them came<br />

paper, broken bottles, beer cans and more recently plastic containers in all sorts of<br />

shapes and sizes. This is pollution in the real sense of the word.<br />

Television has increased the island's popularity by making its religious<br />

history more widely known. <strong>The</strong> cult of having a holiday cottage in the country has<br />

resulted in the buying up of houses at exorbitant prices, far too high for the local<br />

people to afford, with the result that local young people wishing to marry and remain<br />

on the island just cannot find anywhere to live.<br />

But it is not only the sightseers, the cottagers or the Sunday picnic parties<br />

that have brought about the changes. Schools are now sending bus loads of children<br />

during June and July to learn at first hand about the religious history of this part of<br />

Northumbria or to increase their knowledge of natural history. In the latter instance<br />

they come armed with plastic bags to collect specimens of many kinds — plants,<br />

shells, St. Cuthbert's Beads and live marine animals. We do not wish to complain<br />

about the study of natural history, but when up to twenty coach loads of children on<br />

top of the normal complement of visitors by car, are unloaded in such a small area the<br />

pressure on the plants and animals is just too much. When one remembers that this is<br />

all part of the Lindisfarne Nature Reserve, then the time has come to call a halt. If the<br />

marauding humans are not contained in some way, the whole lot will be lost and we<br />

will be left with an island of polluted vegetation, the rarities gone for ever.<br />

On top of all this, a more recent nuisance is the practice of sendng university students<br />

to the island for surveying and mapping exercises. After their day's work, football and<br />

other recreational activities are interfering with the life of the island. This seems to be<br />

totally unnecessary as one place is very much the same as another for this sort of<br />

practice. We would suggest somewhere other than a nature reserve.<br />

THE SOCIETIES<br />

NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />

<strong>The</strong> 131st Field Meeting was held at Hawthorn Dene on Saturday, 3rd<br />

June, <strong>1972</strong>. Some sixty members and friends gathered in the dene to be led by Mr.<br />

Dunn along the proposed route of the<br />

11


nature trail at present under construction. It should be mentioned that the dene is a<br />

reserve owned by the Durham County Conservation Trust. We thank the trust for<br />

their kind permission to visit the reserve on this occasion.<br />

<strong>The</strong> woodland flowers were at their best with huge white drifts of<br />

Ramsons, Allium ursinum L. Elsewhere we saw Wood Anemone, Wood Sanicle,<br />

Wood Sorrel, Dog's Mercury, Wood Sedge, Early Purple Orchid, Bugle, Grounud<br />

Ivy, Yellow Pimpernel etc. At one point along the trail a fully active badger's sett was<br />

examined. <strong>The</strong> entomologists beat the trees and bushes for larvae without much of a<br />

return. However, caterpillars of the Winter Moth, Common White Wave and Green<br />

Brindled Crescent were seen.<br />

Bird song was at its peak. <strong>The</strong> Summer visitors were well represented, the<br />

songs of the Chiffchaff, Willow Warbler, Whitethroat and Blackcap were recorded by<br />

Dr. Crosby and Mr. Gent. Resident species heard included blackbird, song thrush,<br />

robin, wren, great tit and chaffinch. Other birds noted were carrion crow, starling,<br />

greenfinch and redpoll.<br />

<strong>The</strong> 132nd Field Meeting was held at Holystone in Coquetdale on<br />

Saturday, 15th July, <strong>1972</strong>. Owing to the remoteness of the venue only six carloads of<br />

members and friends gathered at the car park in the Holystone Reserve, which is<br />

managed by the Northumberland Wildlife Trust. Again we have to thank the Trust for<br />

their kind permission. Dr. Clark led the party across relict woodland to examine the<br />

many interesting flushes that appeared along one contour of the hillside. We found a<br />

large number of sedges, some of them quite rare. <strong>The</strong>re were also a good variety of<br />

rushes, large numbers of the Moorland Spotted Orchid, Dactylorchis maculata (L.)<br />

Vermeul. ssp. ericetorum (E. F. Linton) Vermeul., Butterwort, Pinguicula vulgaris L.<br />

and Round-leaved Sundew, Drosera rotundifolia L.<br />

Insects were plentiful. Flying in the heather were the Small Heath<br />

Butterfly, Coenonympha pamphilus L. and Small Copper, Lycaena phlaeas L. A few<br />

moths were also seen, the most notable being the Smoky Wave, Scopula temata<br />

Schrank. and the Scarce Silver Y, Plusia interrogationis L. <strong>The</strong> Wood Ant, Formica<br />

rufa L. was in huge quantity with large mound nests in the forest areas and slightly<br />

smaller ones in the heathy parts. <strong>The</strong> Click Beetles were flying freely in the unusual<br />

high temperatures as was also the Tiger Beetle.<br />

Of the birds, Mr. Gent noted the Curlew, Blue Tit, Long-tailed Tit, Wren,<br />

Grasshopper Warbler, Whitethroat, Willow Warbler, Dunnock, Meadow Pipit,<br />

Redpoll and Chaffinch.<br />

12


ANNFIELD PLAIN AND STANLEY NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

<strong>The</strong> early spring outings have been well attended and in spite of the bad<br />

weather some fine days were chosen for our activities. <strong>The</strong> trip to the Caldbeck area<br />

of Cumberland, led by Miss Wade, was greeted at one point by a wintry blizzard but<br />

this soon cleared to provide some lovely views. In Teesdale the flowers and birds<br />

were up to their usual standard. A sitting grouse with her clutch of eight eggs<br />

provided a good subject for the photographers. New ground was investigated on May<br />

27th when the club visited Barbon Park near Kirby Lonsdale. <strong>The</strong> geologists were<br />

very interested in the many limestone caves with their beautiful stalactites and<br />

stalagmites. Flowers and birds were also seen in numbers but perhaps the most<br />

exciting discovery was that of a squirrel's drey.<br />

SUNDERLAND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />

Although rather late, a quite excellent publication in the form of the<br />

Society's Annual Report for 1969-70, has been received.<br />

Membership has continued to increase but there continues to be<br />

difficulities about filling buses on field outings. One would not think this to be so<br />

when the records in the report are seen. <strong>The</strong> bird report alone, covering many pages,<br />

lists 425 species. <strong>The</strong> plants, which are being recorded according to their position in<br />

the system of classification, cover another large section although only an instalment<br />

can be given at any one time. <strong>The</strong> records given for the outings are equally<br />

impressive. Apparently several keen members of the society have put in a lot of hard<br />

work with notebook and pencil.<br />

NOTES AND RECORDS<br />

NOTES<br />

Bird Notes. <strong>The</strong> following local ornithological observations may be of interest to readers of the<br />

<strong>Vasculum</strong>:—<br />

Snow Bunting: A flock of 37 birds of this winter visitor were present on the Newcastle Town Moor<br />

during January and February.<br />

Herring Gull: From January 24th to March 8th, an individual was noted at the Newcastle quayside<br />

with a yellow ring on its right leg. It turned out that it had been. ringed as a chick in 1967 on the Isle of May in the<br />

Firth of Forth, by Dr. J. Parsons of Durham University, and had therefore travelled 105 miles due south. <strong>The</strong>re is a<br />

large colony of over 10,000 pairs on the Isle of May.<br />

Common Partridge: A covey of 12 birds was frequently seen on the Newcastle Town Moor and in<br />

the Exhibition Park during January and February.<br />

Rook: <strong>The</strong> rookery in the Haymarket in Newcastle contained 11 occupied nests during the spring.<br />

Bullfinch: A pair were present in Stanley Park on March 30th.<br />

13


Collared Dove: During January and February, up to three pairs were observed in the area of the<br />

Leazes and Exhibition Parks, and the University and Hancock Museum grounds in the centre of Newcastle.<br />

Goldcretst: A pair in the Beamish woods on March 26th.<br />

Kestrel: On March 11th, three kestrels were observed together in an aerial display over Newcastle<br />

University.<br />

Marsh Tit: On April 3rd, a party of three birds were noted in the Causey Woods, whilst during the<br />

same month two pairs were observed in the Beamish woods.<br />

R. Marston Palmer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Peppered Moth a reversal of a trend ? In the Times of April 5th, <strong>1972</strong>, there is a report from<br />

Manchester of moths changing colour. Until a few years ago, when a programme against smoke pollution in the<br />

North-West began to take effect, zoologists had noticed that moths hiding from predaors on the sides of<br />

Mancheser buildings had black wings.<br />

During the past decade, in which Manchester's air has become steadily cleaner, its sunshine records<br />

improved, the zoologists have recorded that the moths' wings are changing colour to the peppered form. This<br />

matches the cleaned up stonework on the buildings. Hence the trend towards melanism in industrial areas of<br />

Biston betularia L. is in the process of being reversed.<br />

We have not noticed any comparable change in our Durham populations but this is understandable<br />

since we are in the path of pollution being blown from the west. It is more than likely that the effect of smokeless<br />

zones both here and in the west will eventually have a similar result. It will be a worthwhile project for all<br />

naturalists to keep a sharp lockout for Peppered Moths in our areas and report any observations to the Editor.<br />

Mrs. A. N. Gibby.<br />

Barnacle Geese. On May 17th, <strong>1972</strong>, a pair of Barnacle Geese arrived on Joe's Pond, one of the<br />

Trusts's properties. This was a sufficiently unusual occurrence at this time of the year to make a special note of it.<br />

Later it was learnt that two birds had been seen at Barmston Ponds during the previous week, probably the same<br />

pair.<br />

T. C. D.<br />

Spoonbill. A Spoonbill was present on the Barmston Ponds near Washington during part of May<br />

and the greater part of June this year. <strong>The</strong> hypothesis most favoured by the ornithologists is that it was a young<br />

bird hatched jfrom a nest in one of the Dutch colonies earlier in the year. During the usual process of dispersal<br />

from the nesting area after growing up, it had strayed across the North Sea in our direction.<br />

T. C. D.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Glow-worm, Lampyris noctiluca L. On the evening of July 1st, <strong>1972</strong>, the flickering lights of<br />

female Glow-worms were seen quite frequently in Commondale, N. Yorks. It appeared to be more abundant than<br />

is the case in most colonies.<br />

Peter Morgan.<br />

This is a particularly important observation. It is some time since this insect was reported from our area. (Ed.)<br />

RECORDS.<br />

MOLLUSCA SNAILS AND SLUGS<br />

Potamopyrgus jenkinsi. 67<br />

Big Waters; Prestwick Carr.<br />

Carychium minimum. 67<br />

Riverside at Chollerford; Whittle Dene; woodlands at Simonburn; Plankey Mill.<br />

14


Carychium tridentatum. 67<br />

Woodlands at Chollerford; roadside at Haughton Castle.<br />

Lymnaea truncatula. 67<br />

Whittle Dene.<br />

Planorbis carinatus. 67<br />

R. Blyth in Plessey Woods.<br />

Planorbis planorbis. 67<br />

R. Pont at Prestwick Carr.<br />

Planorbis albus. 67<br />

Big Waters.<br />

Cochlicelta lubricella. 67<br />

Woodlands at Sandhoe: Chollerford: Callaly Castle; Whittle Dene.<br />

Columella edentula. 67<br />

Whittle Dene.<br />

Marpessa laminafa. 67<br />

Simonburn; Chollerford; Plankey Mill.<br />

Clausillia dubia. 67<br />

Crow Hall bridge.<br />

Arianta arbustorum. 67<br />

Apperley Dene; Plankey Mill; Hareshaw Linn.<br />

Monachia granulata. 67<br />

Whittle Dene; Sandhoe; roadside near Apperley Dene.<br />

Vitrea contracta. 67<br />

Sandhoe.<br />

Retinella pura. 67<br />

Callaly Castle; Simonburn woodlands.<br />

Limax cinereoneger. 67<br />

Old woodlands at Hareshaw Linn and Whitley Mill.<br />

Lehmannia marginata. 67<br />

Hareshaw Linn; under bark at Linnshiels.<br />

R. Lowe.<br />

INSECTS<br />

COLEOPTERA BEETLES<br />

Lampyris noctiluca L. Glow-worm.<br />

Abundant in Commondale. N. Yorks.<br />

P. Morgan.<br />

FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />

Neottia nidus-avis (L.) Hartm. Bird's-nest Orchid. 66, 68<br />

Cassop Vale, a single plant (66); D. J. Bellamy.<br />

Brinkburn Priory Wood (68).<br />

Wood (68).<br />

Coeloglossum viride (L.) Hartm. Frog Orchid. 67<br />

Stocksfield Burn near Old Ridley; limestone outcrop, S.W. of Broomlee Lough.<br />

Gymnadenia conopsea (L.) R.Br. Fragrant Orchid. 67<br />

Tarset Burn near Greenhaugh; Haltwhistle Burn above Broomshaw Hill.<br />

Platanthera chlorantha (Custer) Reichb. Greater Butterfly Orchid. 67<br />

Haltwhistle Burn above Broomshaw Hill.<br />

Dactylorchis incarnata (L.) Vermeul. Meadow Orchid. 68<br />

Between Campfield and Cornhill; English Strother Bog (Learmouth).<br />

Lemna trisutca L. Ivy Duckweed. 68<br />

Barlees Pond; ponds near Coldrife and near Chatton; smaller lake in the grounds of Middleton Hall<br />

(Belford).<br />

Eriophorum lafifolium Hoppe. Broad-leaved Cotton-grass. 67<br />

N. shore of Broomlee Lough; near a stream below Drowning Flow;leading to the Tarn Burn.<br />

15


Schoenus nigricans L. Bog-rush. 68<br />

Between Campfield and Cornhill.<br />

Carex laevigata Sm. Smooth Sedge. 67<br />

Tarset Burn near Greenhaugh; S. bank of Coquet between Holystone and Dueshill Wood.<br />

Carex lepidocarpa Tausch. 67<br />

Gair Burn above Irthing Head; Haddon's Meadow (Tarset Burn).<br />

Carex serotina Merat. 68<br />

Abundant at Ross Links.<br />

Carex pendula Huds. Pendulous Sedge. 67<br />

E. bank of Devil's Water above Dilston.<br />

Carex pauperoula Michx. 67<br />

Falstone Moss; by the side of a pool on Black Knowe, N.E. of Irthing Head; Muckle Moss.<br />

Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh. Slender Sedge. 68<br />

Fruiting at Newham Bog on 6/7/68.<br />

Carex otrubae Podp. False Fox-sedge. 68<br />

By a small pond, near the old railway, N. of Cornhill.<br />

Carex dioica L. Dioecious Sedge. 67, 68<br />

By a tributary of the Ayle Burn (67). Near the head of the Lumsdon Burn (68).<br />

Glyceria maxima (Hartm.) Hoimberg. Reed-grass. 68<br />

On the S. bank of the Till and the E. bank of the Tweed near their junction.<br />

Hordeum murinum L. Wall Barley. 68<br />

Roadside near Tillmouth Park.<br />

Lycopodium selago L. Fir Clubmoss. 67 70<br />

Yett Burn (67) and Beckhead Crag (70) (N. Tyne).<br />

Equisetum hyemale L. Dutch Rush. 67<br />

Plashetts Burn below Wainhope Linn.<br />

Botrychium lunaria (L.) Sw. Moonwort. 67<br />

Railway bank near Kirkhaugh.<br />

Juniperus communis L. Jumper. 67<br />

Near the Bog (Knarsdale); upper part of Dry Burn


Printed by Ramsden Williams Publications Ltd.<br />

Ann Street, Consett, Co. Durham.


THE VASCULUM<br />

Special Enlarged Edition<br />

OCTOBER <strong>1972</strong><br />

VOL. LVII., No. 3. Price: £1-00 per annum.<br />

Edited by<br />

T. C. DUNN, B.Sc., <strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street.<br />

CONTENTS<br />

Editorial<br />

Carex aquatilis Wahlenb:·in Upper Teesdale - H. G. Proctor<br />

<strong>The</strong> Lepidoptera of Chester-le-Street, Co. Durham; 2. Microlepidoptera - T. C. Dunn<br />

Algae of Slapestone Sike, Upper Teesdale - M. K. Hughes and B. A. Whitton<br />

<strong>The</strong> Diatoms of Slapestone Sike, Upper Teesdale - J. R. Carter<br />

<strong>The</strong> Ecology of Tarn Dubh- J. C. Peters<br />

Pleurocladin lacustris A. Braun (Phaeophyta) - A new British Record - S. M. Kirkby,<br />

D. J. Hibberd and B. A. Whitton<br />

Plants of the River Tyne and Future Water Transfer Scheme - N. T. H. Holmes, E. J.<br />

H. Llod, M. Potts and B. A. Whitton<br />

Published by<br />

THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION


SUBSCRIPTlONS<br />

It was a new experience during the first few months of <strong>1972</strong>, to receive a<br />

continuous stream of subscriptions without any special prodding on the part of the<br />

treasurer. As a result, we are able to announce that fewer subscriptions are<br />

outstanding than ever before at this time of the year. <strong>The</strong>re are still some, however,<br />

and we would appeal once more to these subscribers to try to remember to send all<br />

arrears to the treasurer immediately.<br />

Several new subscribers have been obtained since last Januarv, but the number is not<br />

sufficient. In order to pay for increased printer's bills we must expand further. Please<br />

bring this journal to the notice of any of your friends and acquaintances interested in<br />

natural history.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

EDITORlAL<br />

17<br />

<strong>The</strong> existence of this, the second enlarged edition, is very largely due to very generous grants that<br />

we have received from the Royal Society, the University of Durham, and the University of Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

On behalf of the Northern Naturalists' Union we thank these institutions for their timely generosity. <strong>The</strong> Royal<br />

Society has indicated that this is a once for all grant to help· us over the transitional period while we recruit new<br />

members to supply the extra cash. We trust that all members will note the position and act accordingly,<br />

<strong>The</strong> next enlarged edition planned for October 1973, may seem a long way off at present, but authors should begin<br />

thinking about it now, <strong>The</strong>y know full well the time it takes to prepare a paper. We would like to be earlier in our<br />

printting timetable, but it has not been possible this year due to several unforeseen delays. We apologise to all<br />

subscribers.<br />

CAREX AQUATlLlS WAHLENB. IN UPPER TEESDALE<br />

H. G. PROCTOR<br />

<strong>The</strong> Vicarage, Forest-in-Teesdale, Barnard Castle, Co. Durham,<br />

Previous British Records.<br />

Godwin (1956) states, of Carex aquatilis Wahlenberg, that "It belongs to Hulten's northern boreal circumpolar<br />

group which is absent from central Europe, and it is described by Polunin as a very widespread circurnpolar plant<br />

reaching the highest latitudes," Britton (1966), writing of Alaska above 70 N., states that a "Carex aquatilis -<br />

Marsh Type" vegetation is "exceedingly common on the Coastal Plain" near Point Barrow and "is estimated to<br />

cover about 25% of the Foothills" between the Coastal Plain and the Brooks Range, In the British Isles the species<br />

is at the southern limit of its range, and its rarity south of Scotland may be greater than the "Atlas of the British<br />

Flora" (Perring & WaIters, 1962) suggests, Mr. A. C. Jermy allows me to, quote from a letter in which he wrote,<br />

"<strong>The</strong> literature records at the turn of the century for Carex aquatilis in the lower reaches of the Tweed I am sure<br />

referred to C. acuta." It seems that suspicion also attaches to some of the Welsh and Irish records, For England,<br />

the "Atlas" shows, beside the suspect Northumbrian (i.e. Tweed) records, only a pre-1930 record for Cumberland,<br />

near Silloth, about the validity of which I have no Information, and a post-1930 record for Westmorland. It would<br />

seem, therefore, that the C. aquatilis plants - the determination of which was kindly confirmed by Mr. Jerrny - that<br />

grew in Upper Teesdale before they were destroyed during the construction of the Cow Green Reservoir, provided<br />

at best only the third and possibly only the second reliable record for England, In Scotland reliable records, as one<br />

would expect, are more frequent.<br />

Relic or Refugee.<br />

A feature of the Upper Teesdale flora which seems to appeal to the public is a possibility that some of its<br />

constituent species are relics of the Ice Age, and not all of them refugees from the forests which advanced over<br />

most of the country when the climate became more temperate, Carex aquatilis may have as a good a claim ,as any<br />

to ,the apparently more glamorous ,status of "relic," but satisfactory evidence of its continuous presence in the<br />

district since a tundra-type vegetatlon was the prevalent one is not yet to hand, <strong>The</strong>re, is a doubt whether<br />

macroscopic remains found on Cross Fell should be attributed to C. aquatilis or C. bigelowii but, whichever they<br />

were, they were placed, though with uncertainty in pollen zone VI (Godwin, 1956, p. 254, referring to Godwin<br />

& Clapham 1951).<br />

It is permissible, however, to wonder whether the influence of the large lake postulated by Dwerryhouse (1902)<br />

for the Maize Beck area at the height of the glaciation has been sufficiently taken into account in trying to assess<br />

Upper


18<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Teesdale's floristic history? It is an area whose comparative inaccessibility appears to have discouraged much<br />

quaternary research upon it. <strong>The</strong> lake presumably persisted long after there had been some amelioration of the<br />

most severe conditions, though the times remained "Full Glacial." It does not seem unreasonable to suspect that<br />

the vegetation of its shores was of a tundra-type not very dissimilar from that of AIaska at the present day; writing<br />

of which Britton (1966) names both C. aquatilis and C. bigelowii as species of a drainage gradient and states that<br />

the former drops out where the latter comes in (p. 30). In the Upper Teesdale district C. bigelowii is still locally<br />

frequent where Knock Ridge which separated the Maize Beck lake from the "reservoir of neve," as Dwerryhouse<br />

calls it, to the north, rises to Knock Fell. <strong>The</strong> C. aquatilis was found four miles away from that point, but both<br />

species were present in Upper Teesdale in the 20th century. <strong>The</strong> Cross Fell remains could have been of either or -<br />

though it is unlikely - of both. If they indeed date from zone VI, which was near the climatic optimum, we must<br />

reflect that that was not a period to suggest Arctic species having been recent arrivals. It seems more likely that<br />

they would have entered the district when its climate most suited them. We can, however, only speculate that C.<br />

aquatilis was no Post-Glacial refugee but a Late-Glacial, or even earlier, invader.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Upper Teesdale Site.<br />

As has been indicated above, the Teesdale plants were found in the Cow Green reservoir basin; and so are no<br />

longer there. But if it had not been for the spur to, and assistance given towards research by the reservoir's<br />

protagonists, they would never have been found at all. <strong>The</strong>y were first noticed in 1968 at 35/801306, and an<br />

examination of the site, on which the following description is based, was made on 7.8.1968, with the assistance of<br />

Master Michael McAneney whose memory was at one with mine when, after inundation. we came to examine an<br />

aerial photograph. A camera may not be able to lie, but at a considerable height may be an unreliable guide to<br />

detail. <strong>The</strong>re was a suggestion of more water than actually existed. But on that point see the section, infra, of this<br />

paper headed "Recollections of Mr. X,"<br />

<strong>The</strong> Carex aquatilis was growing in a small pond 35 metres from the edge of the river on the Co.<br />

Durham (VC 66) side, in the midst of a piece of level ground for which the term "swamp" seems most suitable,<br />

since the-water level, even in summer, was slightly above the soil surface. We found, however, that at almost all<br />

points away from the pond the ground was firm enough to walk on without misgivings. <strong>The</strong> soil at the surface was<br />

peat, but that was not thick enough to have levelled out depressions which suggested that the swamp lay on top of<br />

what was once an alluvial island with anastomosing flood-channels, similar to an island which existed in the river<br />

beside it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> swamp, about 3 hectares in extent, formed the eastern end of Dubbysike Loarns and lay at the<br />

foot of a bank, about 3 metres high, which sheltered it on the north and east sides (fig. 1). <strong>The</strong> steepness and<br />

length of the: bank suggested its having been cut by the river, when that was following one of its old courses.<br />

About the middle of the then extant, pre-reservoir, neighbouring island an anastomosis of flood channels had<br />

made a depression conspicuously deeper than any of the channels themselves, which suggested that the pond had<br />

originated In a similar way.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

19


20<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Down the protecting bank came three streams, too small to be shown on any but large-scale maps. On reaching the<br />

level ground their courses were hard to trace, having become mere soakways, and were hardly more noticeable at<br />

times of year when the weather was wetter. <strong>The</strong> most easterly went more or less directly to the Tees which it<br />

joined at the head of the Boat Pool. <strong>The</strong> other two flowed over exposures of two thin limestones on their way<br />

down the bank. <strong>The</strong> soakway from one turned to join that of the eastern stream. That from the other, the most<br />

westerly, arrived circuitously at the pond and seeped inconspicuously into its south end.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was an equally inconspicuous outflow from the north-west part of the pond, into a channel which soon<br />

became slightly more conspicuous and was, for a short distance, too deep to be walked through in Wellingtons. It<br />

shallowed again and was almost lost to sight amongst Carex rostrata. It did not, however, peter out but became to<br />

the eye - and boot - another soak way along which the water eventually reached Dubby Sike; but Mr. X's<br />

recollections make it clear that the sike backed up it in spates, giving it a depth in which fish could swim.<br />

Carex rostrata Stokes was the dominant species throughout the swamp, but, amongst the taller sedge, Carex curta<br />

Good. was frequent.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Pond and Its Vegetation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> depth of the pond was taken with a plummet, a camouflaged fishing- line (i.e. one that is a different colour<br />

every few inches) and a fishing-rod . It was 70 cm. in the middle and 25 cm. near the narrower, south end. <strong>The</strong><br />

open water was measured along its long axis, which was 4.75 m., and across its breadth on lines 1.60 m. from the<br />

north end and 1.50 m. from its south. Those measurements of breadth were 3.50 m. and 1.70 m. respectively, but<br />

the term "open water" was allowed to include a strip of Potamogeton polygonifolius leaves which, though at the<br />

surface, were transitional between the submerged and normal floating leaves. <strong>The</strong> strip was round the west edge of<br />

the pond's wider part. <strong>The</strong> completely open water concealed P. polygonifolius with, submerged type of leaves<br />

only.<br />

Round the open water was a fairly clearly defined fringe of what appeared to be floating mat, since it wobbled<br />

when stepped upon, becoming progressively more unsafe towards the water. Also it offered little resistance to<br />

probing with a garden cane, and no resistance once the top few cm. were pierced. Once through the mat, the<br />

probings found depths of non-resistance greater than the depth of water at the pond's centre: viz. at N end of pond,<br />

95 cm: ENE, 70 cm: SSE. 85 cm; S, 77 cm: W, 74 cm; and NW, 78 cm. A greater depth under the mat than in the<br />

open water was not surprising, as two other small ponds in the reservoir basin were also deeper round the edges<br />

than in the middle.<br />

<strong>The</strong> width of the floating mat was measured at each of the principal points of the compass. Its shape and that of<br />

the open water is shown in fig. 2. <strong>The</strong>re was a fairly consistent zoning of the floating-mat vegetation all round the<br />

pond, with Carex aquatilis at the water's edge, Carex rostrata and Glycerla fluitans behind it, and Juncus effusus<br />

at the landward edge of the fringe. <strong>The</strong> last named had also penetrated the Carex - Glyceria belt to the water's<br />

edge at two points, on opposite sides of the pond and about half-way between inflow and outflow. Floating type<br />

leaves of Potamogeton polygonifolius were plentiful among the rush, sedge and grass stems. Other species<br />

sparsely present on or in the, floating mat were (nomenclature according to Dandy, 1958):-<br />

Callitriche sp, (? Stagnalis), Cardamine pratensis, Epilobium palustre, Equisetum fIuviatile, Galiutn palustre, ?<br />

Glyceria declinata, Juncus articulatus, Myosotis secunda, Ranunculus flammula.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re were two conspicuous exceptions to the composition of the floating- mat fringe as just described. One was a<br />

patch of Eleocharis palustris near the in- flow to the pond. <strong>The</strong> other was a patch of Spliagnurn cuspidatum which<br />

appeared to be invading at the pond's opposite end, near the outflow. Neither of those species was to be found<br />

elsewhere in or near the floating mat. Where they occurred and the size of the two patches is shown in fig. 2.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

21


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

22<br />

Recollections of Mr. X.<br />

.My attention was first drawn to the Dubby-sike Loams pond by a local inhabitant who once fished it with<br />

unforgettable success. As he fished without proper authorisation, he is best referred to as Mr. X. Learning that I<br />

was Surveying aquatic macrophytes in the reservoir basin, he made sure that I did not overlook it, which could<br />

easily have been done; for, lost among the C. rostrata. it could not be seen, unless one was close to it. On a later<br />

occasion, 19.12.1971 he added to his recollections of it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> angling occasion of which he had formerly told me was in 1942, or about then. So far as he<br />

remembered, the number of trout he extracted from the pond was 37. That made me comment that, surely, the<br />

pond must have been larger. He was emphatic that it was not and stated, "that pond never changed from one flood<br />

to another." <strong>The</strong>re was, however, this difference in 1942, that the ground was too wet and soft for the pond to be<br />

approached from any side but the west. On that side he walked right up to it and his "rod reached pretty well<br />

across it;" which means that its greatest breadth was much the same as I found it to be 26 years later.<br />

For bait Mr. X used "small red worms" which he picked up from the pond's margins; i.e, "blood<br />

worms," as they are usually called by anglers, viz. Chironomid larvae, of which there were still plenty In the pond<br />

in 1968. According to Clegg (1965), their haemoglobin is of value to them "in conditions where oxygen is scare,<br />

but in waters adequately oxygenated it is apparently not used." Thus, though Chrironomid larvae can live in<br />

habitats with a poor supply of oxygen their presence is no indication, of a poor supply. With over three dozen<br />

trout in so small a body of water, the supply of oxygen in the pond must have been good.<br />

Comment.<br />

Britton's observations in Alaska suggest some comments. He noted (P. 48) that "in sufficiently shallow water ....<br />

Sphagnum finds a suitable subaerial environment and is able to gradually encroach upon and bury the vascular<br />

plants," and that it "most frequently invades the Carex aquatilis community." In the Cow Green reservoir basin,<br />

Sphagnum cuspidatum had not only invaded ponds as deep as the one that has been described, but came to fill<br />

them so completely that they became no longer ponds; e.g. a pond shown by the O.S. 1:25,000 and larger scale<br />

maps at 35/803302 had become terra firma (so far as Sphagnum is ever firm) before its submergence under the<br />

reservoir. <strong>The</strong> Sphagnum at the north end of the pond on Dubbysike Loams could therefore have been the<br />

beginning of a filling-in of that pond too, despite Mr. X's testimony that it had not changed in his time.<br />

Britton, however, goes on to say (ibid.) that "Vascular species buried in peat persist for long<br />

periods of time This is particularly true of Carex aquatilis whose rhizomes may lie beneath 6-8 inches of peat, the<br />

culms erect in the peat mass, and the leaves barely emerging through the peat surface after a full season of<br />

growth." That the C. aquatilis on Dubbysike Loarns was found only at the water-side edge of the floating mat<br />

seems, therefore, to be of interest. <strong>The</strong> pond was destroyed by an excavator in 1968, but most of the marsh was<br />

left untouched. A search was made in hope of finding C. aquatilis shoots among the marsh's C. rostrata but<br />

without success; which suggests that the former species is unable to resist competition from the latter.<br />

It would seem that, prevented by C. rostrata from resorting to its Arctic method of dealing with Sphagnum, C.<br />

aquatilis, the Northern Sedge, would not have continued to grow in Upper Teesdale for much longer, even<br />

without the coming of the reservoir.<br />

Addendum.<br />

Due to the non-arrival of those first dispatched, results of analyses of soil samples did not reach me until this<br />

paper had been written. <strong>The</strong> samples had been obtained in a fashion which needs to be described. Although I had<br />

understood that the C. aquatilis plants would be undisturbed until July J969, I found


23<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

late in the afternoon of 28.11.1968 that the pond had been destroyed. Nothing remained but a heap of mud, with a<br />

line of sedges on top of it long enough to represent the whole rim of the pond. Four days later I took soil samples<br />

as follows- 1) Mud with little vegetation, which could have been from the pond's bottom 2) From what as far as I<br />

could see, was c. 15 cm. down from where sedge leaves and culms had entered the substrate, at the west end of the<br />

line of them on top of the mud. 3) From a similar position, viz. c. 15 cm. down but less certainly so at the east end<br />

of the line. 4) From a similar position on the other side of the sedge line to 3). <strong>The</strong> four samples were handed to<br />

Dr. M. Hornung, of the Nature Conservancy's Bangor Research Station, who reports on them as follows:-<br />

Acknowledgements.<br />

My thanks are due to Mr. T. G. Buffey for prompting me to look at aquatic macrophytes in the Cow Green<br />

Reservoir Basin, to <strong>The</strong> Nature Conservancy for seconding him and giving me continuous encouragement and<br />

help, and to <strong>The</strong> Teesdale Trust of I.C.I. for a grant towards expenses. To Messrs. Bernard and Michael<br />

McAneney also I am grateful for assistance in the field, to Dr. M. Hornung for undertaking the analyses .of the<br />

rather messy soil samples, and to Mr. C. Jerrny for confirmation of the determination and for permission to quote<br />

References<br />

Britton M E "Vegetatlon of the Arctic Tundra”. Oregon State Univ. Press. 1966<br />

Clegg, J. “<strong>The</strong> Freshwater. Life of the British ,Isles." Warne. 3rd. ed. 1965.<br />

Dandy,J. E. “List of British Vascular Plants.” London. 1958.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

24<br />

Dwerryhouse, A. R. "<strong>The</strong> Glaciation of Teesdale, Weardale, and the Tyne Valley and their Tributary Valleys."<br />

Quart; Journ, Geol, Soc. 58(1902), 572-608.<br />

Godwin, H. "<strong>The</strong> History of the British Flora." Cambridge Univ Press. 1956.<br />

Godwin, H. & Clapham, A. R. "Peat deposits on Cross Fell, Cumberland." New Phytol., 50: 2, 167.<br />

Jerrny, A. C. Personal letter dated 22.8.<strong>1972</strong>.<br />

Perring, F. H. & Waiters, S. M. "Atlas of the British Flora." Nelson. 1962.<br />

THE LEPIDOPTERA OF CHESTER-LE-STREET, CO. DURHAM.<br />

2. MICROLEPIDOPTERA<br />

T.C. DUNN<br />

<strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street, Co. Durham.<br />

Here is the second and concluding part of this local list. <strong>The</strong>re is not the slightest doubt that this<br />

will be even less complete than the previous part, as some species of the Microlepidoptera can be present in only a<br />

few square feet of a habitat and therefore very easily missed. In addition, it will be noticed that there are no entries<br />

for the Nepticuloidea, a group with leaf-mining larvae. This is because they have not yet been investigated. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

will be several species in this group to add at some later date. <strong>The</strong> same is probably true for many other common<br />

but retiring species.<br />

<strong>The</strong> same boundaries have been used as in the first part and, for the sake of uniformity, I. R. P.<br />

Heslop's list has again been used for the names and classification of the moths, although much revision of<br />

nomenclature in the Micros has recently taken place.<br />

First, I make a single addition to the list of Macrolepidoptera published in the October Vasculurn of 1971.<br />

1. MACROLEPIDOPTERA<br />

Scoliopteryx libatrix L. (Herald). A single individual was brought to me in November 1971 after being caught in a<br />

garage on a new housing estate near the Hermitage Woods.<br />

2. MICROLEPIDOPTERA<br />

Super-family PYRALOIDEA (Pyralids and Plumes).<br />

Acentropus niveus Ol. (False-caddis Water-veneer). Infrequent at light in the garden and rarely<br />

seen along the River Banks.<br />

Eudorea murana Curt. (Wall Grey). Occasionally at light in the garden.<br />

Scoparia cembraa Haw. (Large Grey). Occasionally at light.<br />

Scoparia dubitalis Hubn. (Hoary Grey). Common in waste places wherever ragwort grows.<br />

Scoparia ambigualis Treits. (Brown Grey). Common at light and in all parts of the town.<br />

Scoparia ulmella Knaggs (Elm Grey). A few taken on elm in the Hermitage Woods last year.<br />

Nymphula nympheata L. (Brown China-mark.) Common at light in the garden, which is only 250<br />

yards from the River Wear where they breed.<br />

Eurrhypara hortulata L. (urticata L.) (Magpie China-mark). Common all round the town, in<br />

hedgerows and gardens wherever stinging nettle grows.<br />

Nomophila noctuella Schiff. (Rush Veneer Pearl). Seen most years, but its abundance varies due to<br />

the fact that it is an immigrant.<br />

Udea lutealis Hubn. (Pale Straw Pearl). Very common in hedgerows and waste places almost<br />

everywhere.


25<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Udea ferrugalis Hubn. (Rusty-dot Pearl). Another immigrant which varies a lot in numbers from one year to<br />

another. Taken at light In the garden.<br />

Udea nivealis F (Dusky Brindled Pearl.) Common at light.<br />

Udea olivalis Schiff. (Olive Brindled Pearl). Common in the Hermitage Woods and Lumley Castle Woods.<br />

Haritala ruralis Scop, (Mother of pearl), Common wherever nettles grow.<br />

Perinephila coronata Hufn. (Garden Elder Pearl). Common wherever elder is found. At light in the garden, in<br />

allotment gardens and along hedgerows.<br />

Mesographe forficalis L (Garden Pebble). One of the most common moths in the garden the larva feeding on<br />

Brassicas.<br />

Laodamia fusca Haw. (Brown Knot-horn). Common at light in some years and rare in others. Always the deep<br />

black melanic form.<br />

Dioryctria abietella Schiff. (Pine Knot-horn). Only once at light in 1955.<br />

Homeosoma saxicola Vaugh. (Narrow Clouded Knot-horn). Common in the garden:<br />

aCrambus pascuellus L. (Inlaid Grass-veneer). Once only in 1961.<br />

Crambus pratellus L. (Dark-inlaid Grass-veneer). Very common in grassy places on the River Banks.<br />

Crambus horteullus Hubn. (Garden Grass-veneer). Very common.<br />

Agriphila culmellus L. (Straw-coloured Grass-veneer). Abundant everywhere.<br />

Agriphila inquinatellus Schiff. (Barred Grass-veneer). Fairly common at light,<br />

Agriphila tristellus Schiff. (Common Grass-veneer). Very common on most grassy land.<br />

Stenoptilia pterodactyla L. (Brown Wood Plume). Moderately common at light.<br />

Platiptilia gonodactyla Schiff. (Triangle-marked Plume). Common at light and also in all the pastures.<br />

Platyptilia isodactyla Zell. (Hoary Plume). Occasionally at light.<br />

Platyptilia ochrodactyla Schiff. (Ochreous Plume). Although recorded as present at Chester-le-Streef by J. W. H.<br />

Harrison, I had not seen it there myself until this year when several individuals were seen in August on tansy<br />

flowers growing on the river banks.<br />

Platyptilia pallldactyla Haw. (Pale Plume). Commoner than the last species with which it is easily confused. It<br />

flies earlier in the year in June and July, seldom, If ever, in August.<br />

Pterophorus pentadactylus L. (Large White Plume). <strong>The</strong> larva is supposed to be confined to Convolvulus sepium<br />

but it swarms on Artemisia vulgaris (Mugwort), which grows freely on the Council Tip at the south end of<br />

Chester-le- Street. .<strong>The</strong> moths appear frequently at light in the garden.<br />

Oidaematophorus lithodactylus Treits. (Dusky Plume). Occasionally at light.<br />

Super-family TORTRICOIDEA (Tortrix moths).<br />

Pandemis heparana Schiff. (Dark Oblique-barred Twist). Abundant at light.<br />

Pandemis cerasana Hubn. (Currant Twist). Extremely common at light. Melanic forms appear from time to time<br />

but are not common.<br />

Archips oporana L. (Great Brown Twist). Abundant at light.<br />

Archips xylosteana L. (Forked Red-barred Twist). Fairly common in the garden and on the river banks<br />

Archips rosana L. (Rose Twist). Common, freely bred from hawthorn.<br />

Amelia paleana Hubn. (Plain Yellow Twist). Common on the river banks.<br />

Clepsis consimilana Hubn. (Saffron Twist). Common on the privet hedges in garden and elsewhere.<br />

Clepsis costana F. Bred from Epilobium hirsutum . <strong>The</strong> spun leaves are collected In early June from the edge of<br />

the river.<br />

Lozotaenia forsterana F. (Forster's Twist). Fairly common at light.<br />

Batodes angustiorana Haw. (Narrow Red-barred Twist). Common.<br />

Pseudargyrotoza conwagana Fabr, (Conway's Shade). Very common at light in the garden.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

26<br />

lsotrias trifasciana Don. (Barred Elm Shade). Quite common in the garden.<br />

Eulia ministrana L. (Yellow-barred Shade). Very common on birch in the woods round the town.<br />

Cnephasia chrysantheana Dup. (Greater Grey Shade). Very common everywhere in the town.<br />

Cnephasia interjectana Haw. (Lesser Grey Shade). Very common in gardens. Bred from lettuce, which can be<br />

ruined by a single larva.<br />

Cnephasiella incertana Treits. (Allied Shade). Common in the garden and all the surrounding district. Bred from<br />

stinging nettle and field thistle.<br />

Aleimma loeflingiana L. (Loeflling's Curl). Quite common.<br />

Tortrix viridana L. (Pea-green Oak Curl). Very common wherever there are oaks and these abound in all the<br />

woods on the outskirts of the town.<br />

Croesia forskaleana L. (Forskal's Button). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Croesia bergmanniana L. (Bergmann's Button). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Acleris comariana Zell. (Strawberry Button). Not common.<br />

Acleris aspersana Hubn. (Subtriple-spot Button). Common at light and bred from Sallguisorba officinalis.<br />

Acleris variegana Schiff. (Common Rough-winged Button). Abundant everywhere in September and in great<br />

variety. Bred from Hawthorn, Blackthorn and Rose.<br />

Acleris sparsana Schiff. (Ashy Buton). Not common.<br />

Acleris ferrugana Schiff. (Rusty Button). Common where birch grows.<br />

Acleris rhombana Schiff. (Chequered Pebble Button). Not common. Bred from hawthorn.<br />

Dicrorampha petiverella L. (Petiver's Drill). Not common.<br />

Dicrorampha plurnbagana Treits. (Leaden-fringed Drill). Not common.<br />

Laspeyresia succedana Schiff. (Light Striped-edge Piercer). To be found in abundance round all gorse bushes,<br />

river banks and other waste places.<br />

Laspeyresia aurana Fab. (Double Orange-spot Piercer). Frequently taken at the flowers of Rosebay Willow-herb<br />

on the river banks, but not seen elsewhere.<br />

Laspeyresia pomonella L. (<strong>The</strong> Codling Moth). Common in the light trap and bred from infected apples from<br />

the garden.<br />

Grapholita jungiella L. (Beautiful Crescent Piercer). Common.<br />

Pammene regiana Zell. (Traun's Regal Piercer). This beautiful little species is fairly common at light in the<br />

garden.<br />

Pammene fasciana L. (July Acorn Piercer). Rare in the town.<br />

Lathronympha strigana F. (Yellow Striped-edged Piercer). Abundant in spun shoots of Hypericum perforarum,<br />

collected on the river banks and easily bred.<br />

Rhyacionia pinivorana Zell. (Spotted Shoot). Common. Bred from infected pine shoots.<br />

Spilonota ocellana Schiff. (Cream-cloak Apple Shoot). Uncommon.<br />

Thiodia citrana Hb. (Lemon Bell). Not common.<br />

Eucosma hohenwartiana Schiff. (Scopoli's Bell). Fairly common.<br />

Eucosma fulvana St. (Fulvous Sealed Bell). Quite common.<br />

Eucosma cana Haw. (Hoary Sealed Bell). Abundant.<br />

Eucosma expallidana Haw. (Pale Drab Bell). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Eucosma campoliliana Schiff. (Beautiful Marbled Bell). Verv common.<br />

Epiblema scutulana Schiff. (Larger Blotch-marked Bell). Common.<br />

Epiblema cirsiana Zell. (Smaller Blotch-marked Bell). Very much commoner than the last and found wherever<br />

knapweeds grow on the river banks.<br />

Epiblema farfarae Fletch. (Tawny-blotched Bell). Fairly common in waste places.<br />

Epiblema turbidana Treits. (Hippo Bell). Along the river and its tributaries where Butterbur grows.<br />

Pardia cynosbatella L. (Three-dotted Rose Bell). Common everywhere.<br />

Notocelia suffusana Dup. (Triple-blotched Bell). Common.<br />

Notocelia rosaecolana Doub!. (Lesser Brown-cloaked Bell). Uncommon.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

27<br />

Notocelia aquana Hubn. (Greater Brown-cloaked Bell). Bred from spun up shoot ends of wild rose.<br />

Gypsonoma sociana Haw. (White-cloaked Bell). Not common.<br />

Gypsonoma dealbana Fro!. (Neglected Cloaked Bell). Much more common than the last. Bred from Salix.<br />

Rhopobota naevana Hubn. (Marbled Single-dot Bell). Very common.<br />

Epinotia stroemiana F. (Stroern's Bell). Easily bred and beaten from birch.<br />

Epinotia solandriana L. (Solanders Bel!). Very common on birch.<br />

Epinotia trimaculana Don. (Mitterbachs Bell). Not common on oak<br />

Epinotia bilunana Haw. (Hoary Double-crescent Bell). Very common.<br />

Epinotia tetraquetrana Haw. (Square-barred Bell). Quite common.<br />

Epinotia paykulliana F. (Grey Double-crescent. Bell). Fairly common.<br />

Epinotia rubiginosana H.-S. (Scots-fir Bell). Fairly common at light in the garden.<br />

Ancylis badiana Schiff .. (Lund's Roller). Very common.<br />

Ancylis myrtillana Treits. (Lyell’s Roller). Fairly common.<br />

Bactra lanceolana Hubn. (Dusty Marble). Common around patches of Juncus.<br />

Lobesia littoralis Curt. (Shore Doubtful Marble). Very common at light in the garden.<br />

Endothenia ericetana Westw. (Heath Marble). Not common.<br />

Endothenia antiquana Hubn. (Blotched Marble). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Apotomis turbidana Hubn. (Greater Cloaked Marble). Very common.<br />

Apotomis betuletana Haw. (Birch Marble). Commonly bred from birch.<br />

Hedya nubiferana Haw. (variegana Hubn). (Cloudy White Marble). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Hedya atropunctana Zett. (dimidiana Sodof.) (Dotted Cloaked Marble). Only an occasional specimen in the<br />

garden.<br />

Hedya salicella L. (White-backed Marble). Common round Salix on the river banks. According to Meyrick, at its<br />

northern limit with us.<br />

Olethreutes lacunana Schiff. (Indefinite Marble). Very common everywhere on all sorts of foodplants. I have<br />

bred it from larvae collected on a large number of low growing plants and from bramble, sallow etc.<br />

Acornuta nana Haw. (Barred Dwarf Conch). Frequent.<br />

Eupoecilia angustana Hubn. (Barred Marbled Conch). Common.<br />

Lozopera francillana F. (Francillon's Carrot Conch). Uncommon at light.<br />

Aethes srneathmanniana F. (Smeathman's Conch). One specimen only, at light, July 1961.<br />

Phalonia cnicana Westw. (Barred Thistle Conch). Fairly common<br />

Phalonia rubigana Treits. (Chestnut Conch). Common at light.<br />

Agapeta hamana L. (Hook-marked Conch). Common.<br />

Agapeta zoegana L. (Zoega's Conch). Common.<br />

Cochylichroa atricapitana Steph. (Black-headed Conch). Not common.<br />

Cochylis dubitana Hubn. (Doubtful Dwarf Conch). Common.<br />

Stenodes straminea Haw. (Straw Short-barred ·Conch). Common at light.<br />

Super-family TINEOIDEA (Tineid moths).<br />

Metzneria metzneriella Staint. (Metzner's Tipped Neb). Common.<br />

Epithectis mouffetella Schiff. (Dotted Grey Groundling). Not common.<br />

Telphusa notella Hubn. (Sallow-leaf Groundling). Not common.<br />

Telphusa proximella Hubn. (Black-speckled Grey Groundling). Abundant.<br />

Telphusa fugitivella Zell. (Suffused Groundling). Very common.<br />

Telphusa luculella Hubn. (Cream-shouldered Groundling). Rare.<br />

Bryotropha terrella Schiff. (Cinerous Clay Groundling). Fairly common.<br />

Teleiopsis diffinis Haw. (Great Brindled-brown Groundling). In small nurnbers.<br />

Mirificarma mulinella Zell. (Brown-streak Groundling). Bred easily and in large nurnbers from gorse and broom.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

28<br />

Neofaculta betulea Haw. (Heather Groundling). In clouds on heather in May.<br />

Gelechia rhombella Schiff. (Grey Black-specked Groundling), Only occasionally.<br />

Chelaria conscriptella Hubn. (Lobster Claw). Occasionallly at light in the garden.<br />

Blastodacna hellerella Dup. (Hawthorn Cosrnet). Abundant in the garden and on the river banks near hawthorn<br />

bushes.<br />

Mompha raschkiella Zell. (Raschke's Cosmet). Once only in 1958.<br />

Mompha conturbatella Hubn. (Confused Cosmet). Abundant. Bred by collecting spun-up central rosettes of<br />

rosebay willow-herb in May.<br />

Batrachedra praeangusta Haw. (Poplar Cosmet). Only occasional, although it probably lives on my own poplars.<br />

Dasycera sulphurella P. (Sulphur-underwinged Tubic). This beautiful little moth is abundant, breeding<br />

in·decaying wood.<br />

Endrosis sarcitrella L. (lactella Schiff.) (White-shouldered Tubic). Abundant. One of the clothes moths.<br />

Borkhausenia pseudospretella Staint. (Large Common Tubic). <strong>The</strong> most common and the most destructive of<br />

clothes moths.<br />

Diurnea fagella P. (March Day). Very common. Mostly melanic forms.<br />

Diurnea phryganella H ubn. (November Day). Not so common as the preceding species.<br />

Exaeretia allisella Staint. (Mugwort Flat-body). Common.<br />

Depressaria nervosa Haw. (apiella Hubn.) (Coarse Wainscot Flat-body). Common at light in the garden early in<br />

the year and bred from stems of Oenanthe crocata collected on the river banks in the autumn.<br />

Depressaria heracleana Deg. (Cow-parsnip Flat-body). Abundant at light in March, April and May each year.<br />

Depressaria costosa Haw. (Dingy Straw Flat-body). Abundant as larvae on gorse. Bred in August.<br />

Depressaria umbellana Steph. (Large Streaked Flat-body). Captured flying over gorse early in the year. (February<br />

- April.)<br />

Agonopterix assimilella Treits. (Dusted Flat-body). Very abundant on broom everywhere in the area. Larvae<br />

obtained from spun stems early in the year, imagines emerging in June and July.<br />

Agonopterix flavella Hubn. (liturella Schiff.) (Straw-coloured Flat-body). Common. Bred from Heracleum leaves<br />

as well as captured on the wing.<br />

Agonopterix atomella Schiff. (Powdered Straw Flat-body). Bred from gorse flowers and pods. Not so common as<br />

the other gorse species.<br />

Agonopterix arenella Schiff. (Brindled Straw Flat-body). Common.<br />

Agonopterix angelicella Hubn. (Angelica Flat-body). Common. Easily bred from spun leaves of Heracleum.<br />

Agonopterix ciliella Staint. (Large Carrot Flat-body). Common at light in March. Also bred from Heracleum<br />

leaves, emerging in late August and September.<br />

Agonopterix hypericella Hubn. (Greater Purple Flat-body). Very common on Hypericum as larvae in May and<br />

June, emerging as imagines in July.<br />

Agonopterix conterminella Zell. (Sallow-shoot Flat-body.) Common as larvae on Solix early in the year, emerging<br />

in June.<br />

Anthophila (Simaethis) fabriciana L. (Fabricius's Nettle-tap), In swarms wherever there are stinging nettles, river<br />

banks, allotment gardens, etc. Easily collected as larvae in May on spun leaves.<br />

Glyphiterix cramerella F. (fischeriella Zell.) (Allied Fanner). Often in myriads flying over rough grasses.<br />

Glyphiterix equitella Scop. (Groundlet Fanner). One only in July 1961.<br />

Elachista albifrontella Hubn. (Silver-spotted Dwarf). One only in June 1960.<br />

Elachista atricomella Staint. (Black-headed Dwarf). Abundant at light in the garden.<br />

Elachista kilrnunelia Staint. (Moor Dwarf). Fairly common at light in the garden.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

29<br />

Elachista perplexella Staint. (Obscure Hair-grass Dwarf). Common at light in the garden.<br />

Elachista rufocinerea Haw. (Red-brindled Dwarf). Abundant at light.<br />

Elachista argentella Clerk. (Swan-feather Dwarf). Abundant in June, flying in grassy places, river banks,<br />

hedgerows, etc.<br />

Elachista bedellella Sirc. (Down Dwarf). One only in June 1960 at light in the garden.<br />

Elachista taeniatella Staint. (Banded False-brome Dwarf). One only at light in July 1959.<br />

Elachista cerusella Hubn. (Triple-spotted Dwarf) Common flying over grasses in May and June. River banks.<br />

Elachista triatomea Haw. (Treble-atomed Dwarf). One only on the river banks in June 1956.<br />

Cedestis farinatella Dup. (Floury Scots-fir Argent). Common at light and bred from pine needles collected in the<br />

town.<br />

Cedestis gysseleniella Zell. (Sprinkled Scots-fir Argent). One only, at light in the garden, August .1959.<br />

Blastotere laevigatella H.-S. (Larch-boring Argent). Abundant at light In June and July.<br />

Argyresthia brocheella Hubn, (Golden Riband Argent). Abundant at light.<br />

Argyresthia goedartella L. (Greek-lettered Argent). Commonly bred from alder collected on the river banks.<br />

Argyresthia pygmaeella Hubn. (Gold-barred Argent). Abundant. Bred from Salix collected on the river banks.<br />

Argyresthia cornella Fab. (Brindled Argent). One only, at light in July 1956.<br />

Argyresthia retinella Zell. (Netted Argent). Bred from birch. Abundant.<br />

Argyresthia semifusca Haw. (Bronze White-back Argent). Not very common at light.<br />

Argyresthia ephippella F. (Blotched Argent). Fairly common at light.<br />

Argyresthia nitidella Fb. (Cream-coloured Argent). Fairly common at light.<br />

Pseudoswammerdamia combinella Hubn. (Peacock-feather Ermel). One only at light in June 1960.<br />

Swammerdamia heroldella Hubn. (Birch Ermel). Occasional at light.<br />

Poraswammerdamia lutarea Haw. (Muddy Ermel). One only at light on 1st August 1955.<br />

Poraswammerdamia pyrella ViII. (Purple-edged Ermel). One only at light, 7-7-56.<br />

Prays curtisellus L. (Curtis's Ash-bud Ermel). Quite common at light and bred from ash.<br />

Yponomeuta padella L. (Common Hawthorn Ermel). Sometimes swarming at light and easily collected from<br />

hawthorn in "good" years. <strong>The</strong> abundance of this moth is puzzling. Numbers vary tremendously from one year to<br />

the next, sometimes being completely absent and then in quite large numbers the following season.<br />

Yponomeuta cognatella Hubn. (Allied Ermel). Uncommon.<br />

Yponomeuta evonymella L. (Full-spotted Errnel). Very common every year on Bird Cherry.<br />

Coleophora fuscedinella Zell. (Raven-feather Case). Cases on birch, Target Woods, Hermitage Woods, etc.<br />

Abundant.<br />

Coleophora lutarea Haw. (Pale-shining Clay Case). One only at light 26-5-59.<br />

Coleophora albicosta Haw. (White-edged Furze Case). Common at light.<br />

Coleophora flavaginella Zell. (Annulated Case). In great abundance.<br />

Coleophora alticolella Zell. (Field Rush Case). Common.<br />

Lithocolletis faginella Zell. (Common Beech Midget). Very common and easily collected on beech trunks in May,<br />

Lumley Woods.<br />

Parornix scotinella Staint. (Rowan Slender). One only 10-7-58.<br />

Caloptilia syringella F. (Confluent-barred Slender). Common at light and easily bred from lilac leaves.<br />

Caloptilia alchimiella Scop. (Sweder's Slender). Common.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

30<br />

Ypsolophus xylostellus L. (Tooth-streaked Hooked Smudge). Common in the garden.<br />

Ypsolophus parenthesellus L. (White-shouldered Smudge). Occasional.<br />

Ypsolophus radiatellus Don. (Broad-streaked Smudge). Occasional.<br />

Ypsolophus vitellus L. (Black-backed Smudge). Common at light.<br />

Anadetia porrectella L. (Grey-streaked Smudge). Common.<br />

Plutella maculipennis Curt. (Diamond-backed Moth). Common in gardens most years. Immigration sometimes<br />

results in this moth swarming on Brassicas in the town.<br />

Leucoptern laburnella Staint. (Common Gold-dot Bentwing). Common on laburnums in gardens.<br />

Tischeria marginea Haw. (Bordered Carl). One only at light 15-6-59. Larvae seen more often in blotch mines on<br />

bramble but not easily bred.<br />

Monopis rusticella Hubn. (Dark-brindled Clothes). Common at light.<br />

Monopis imella Hubn. (Felt Clothes). Abundant in the garden.<br />

Tineola bisselliella Hum. (Destroyer Clothes Moth). Too common. Many bred from an old wasp's net in 1952.<br />

Nemapogon cloacella Haw. (Dark-mottled Clothes). Common in the garden.<br />

Tinea pallescentella Staint. (Large Pale Clothes). One only at light 23-6-56.<br />

Tinea trinotella Thunb. (Triple-spotted Clothes). Abundant in the garden.<br />

Lampronia rubiella Bjerk. (Raspberry Bright). Common on the raspberries in my allotment garden.<br />

Adela viridella Scop. (Green Long-horn). Common round birches in May and June.<br />

Nernophora swammerdammella L. (Swammerdamm's Long-horn). Common in Hermitage Woods and Lumley<br />

Woods.<br />

Nemophora panzeriella F. (Panzer's Long-horn). Commoner than the last in similar places.<br />

Eriocrania semipurpurella Steph, (Gold-sprinkled Purple). Sometimes swarming round birches in April.<br />

This concludes the list for the time being but there is little doubt that it will be added to from time<br />

to time. I have listed 233 Macrolepidoptera from a total for the British Isles of 969, according to Heslop's "Revised<br />

Indexed Check-list of the British Lepidoptera" and 210 Microlepidoptera out of Heslop's 1,435. Since the list was<br />

printed, about another forty to fifty moths, mostly Micros, have been discovered in this country. None of these<br />

have as yet appeared in Chester-le- Street.<br />

REFERENCE<br />

Heslop T. R. P. (1964). "Revised indexed check-list of the British Lepidoptera."<br />

ALGAE OF SLAPESTONE SIKE,UPPER TEESDALE<br />

M. K. HUGHES* and B. A. WHlTTON<br />

Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City<br />

* Present address: Department of Biology, Liverpool Polytechnic, Byrorn Street, Liverpool.<br />

<strong>The</strong> flowering plants of Upper Teesdale have long been famous (see Pigott, 1956; Bradshaw & Clark, 1965), but<br />

the few casual glances given to the algae in the past were not detailed enough for any comments to be made on the<br />

rarity or general interest of these organisms. However a tour of Teesdale and Weardale in summer 1969 indicated<br />

that the algal vegetation of streams in areas of Upper Teesdale with many flowering plant rarities might also<br />

present many differences from the algal vegetation of other streams in the N.E. region. Since then a research


31<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

project has been undertaken on the algae of streams in Upper Teesdale. <strong>The</strong> results of this project will be<br />

published in more detail elsewhere, but we felt that a brief account here might be of some interest to local<br />

naturalists. We felt too that it may prove an useful introduction to the following paper by Mr. J.R. Carter on<br />

diatoms. Our note deals only with one stream on Widdybank Fell, Slapestone Sike, but many of the features<br />

described for this stream are common to the majority of streams associated with the metamorphosed limestone<br />

(see Johnson et al. 1971) in Upper Teesdale.<br />

Slapestone Sike was one of the largest streams draining the metamorphosed limestone area,<br />

running through one of the areas richest in interesting species of flowering plants. Although the lower reaches of<br />

the stream are now drowned in the Cow Green Reservoir, about half the length of stream of special interest still<br />

remains. In the upper reaches the stream flows over small boulders, but in the steeper reaches of the stream below<br />

the present road (Birkdale Track) the water flows directly over the limestone. <strong>The</strong> part of the stream drowned by<br />

the reservoir consisted of the lower part of the steep limestone slope, including several vertical waterfalls, a short<br />

reach with boulders not unlike the present uppermost reach, and finally a long narrow meandering reach running<br />

through the peat and with a substrate of black peaty silt.<br />

Slapestone Sike showed very marked variations in flow during the period under study, with large<br />

areas of the stream left dry under low flow conditions. However it seems improbable that the stream ever dries out<br />

completely in winter.<br />

A number of small tributaries entered Slapestone Sike, and five of these now remain above<br />

reservoir high water mark. <strong>The</strong>se varied markedly in their general characteristics, and only three (B, C, D in Table<br />

I) are mentioned here. <strong>The</strong>se three originate from springs which show signs of having been opened out during the<br />

period when mining for lead and barytes was in progress. B is a ditch which drains into the left-hand side of the<br />

stream above the road; C is a narrow channel entering on the right-hand side just below the road; D is a spring on<br />

the left-hand side just above the present reservoir high-water mark. Band D always maintained a vigorous flow<br />

even after long periods of low rainfall, but C nearly dried out on several occasions.<br />

WATER CHEMISTRY<br />

Some details of the chemistry of Slapestone Sike water (analysed by methods given in Holrnes et al., <strong>1972</strong>) are<br />

summarised in Table I. Although the values for only a single day are shown, they are nevertheless typical of those<br />

obtained during periods of low flow. As compared with other (about 40) upland streams and rivers under study in<br />

North-East England, the most striking features of Slapestone Sike and the other streams associated with the<br />

metamorphosed limestone are the very low levels of Mg and K. For both elements the values for Slapestone Sike<br />

are lower than for any other stream away from Upper Teesdale under similar conditions of low flow. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />

also some indications that the levels of combined inorganic N in Slapestone Sike are relatively low (unpublished<br />

data).


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Table I. Some features of the water chemistry of Slapestone Sike (A) and three of its tributaries<br />

(B, C, D; see text) Cow Green reservoir (E) is included for cornparison. Samples were collected on 10th<br />

September, <strong>1972</strong> under condition of moderately low stream flow. All concentrations are in rng/l.<br />

32<br />

At least some of the tributaries show obvious chemical differences from the main stream. B, C, D have all at times<br />

shown moderately .high, (> 0.2 mg/l) levels of Zn, although this is not apparent for C in Table I. Values for the<br />

main stream have always been well below this level. Tributary B has always shown higher levels of Mn and Fe<br />

than the main stream or other tributaries, and surfaces in it always have a brownish deposit which certainly<br />

includes iron oxide. <strong>The</strong> levels of Pb in tributaries C and D, and also some other sites around' Widdybank Fell, are<br />

higher than those found in any of the streams from other areas. <strong>The</strong>se levels of Pb are nevertheless probably well<br />

below those which may be expected to be toxic to algae or mosses (see Whitton, 1970). On the other hand the<br />

possibility can not be ruled out that the flora of the tributaries, but probably not the main stream, may be<br />

somewhat limited by the levels of Zn flowing at times.<br />

ALGAE<br />

During the period under observation (summer 1969 to summer <strong>1972</strong>), the greater part of the algal<br />

vegetation of the main stream belonged to one of three groups: blue-green algae, filarnentous Conjugales,<br />

diatoms.<br />

<strong>The</strong> most conspicuous, though probably never the most abundant, alga was the blue-green alga<br />

Rivularia, which formed hemi-spherical brownish colonies occasionally reaching 30 mm in diameter. Small dark<br />

brown colonies of this alga were sometimes very abundant during periods of moderately low flow over lime-<br />

stone sheets which had been quite dry several weeks earlier, but the largest colonies were nearly always associated<br />

with those parts of the stream never subject to desiccation. This alga occurred in all reaches of the main stream,<br />

and on either limestone or igneous rocks. Very rarely, small colonies also developed on old submerged stems of<br />

mosses.<br />

<strong>The</strong> features of the Rivularia. in this stream (and elsewhere in Upper Teesdale) lie somewhere<br />

between those given in Geitler's (1932) flora to R. biasolettiana Menegh. and to those given to R. haematites (D.<br />

C.) Ag, Unlike typical R. haemotites the colonies are usually only moderately calcified, and even large ones<br />

show only a weak tendency to form alternating bands of heavily and lightly calcified material. On the other hand<br />

many of the colonies exceed the maximum dimensions given for R. biasolettiana.<br />

Other blue-green algae which were often conspicuous were a narrow filamentous form perhaps best<br />

referred to Schizothrix lardacea (Ces.) Gom. and Gloeocapsa sanguinea (Ag.) Kutz. <strong>The</strong> Schizothrix lardacea<br />

often covered the bulk of the limestone surface away from the main current, and was especially abundant after<br />

long periods of moderately low flow. Due to the brown colouration of the


33<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

sheath material surrounding the trichomes of this alga, Slapestone Sike as a whole appeared a reddish brown<br />

colour.<br />

In late summer the nearly pure stand of this alga in some drier parts of the stream occasionally<br />

appeared almost scarlet in mass rather than brown. It seems probable that the abundance of this alga in Red Sike,<br />

one of the neighbouring streams to Slapestone Sike is largely responsible for the name of this stream, with the<br />

brown Rivularia colonies and possibly, also some other features playing a minor role.<br />

Dark blackish areas frequent on the drier parts of the limestone were due either to Gloeocapsa<br />

sangea or to a lichen Verrucaria sp. Although it was not always apparent the following change in the vegetation<br />

often occurred on passing from parts of the stream dominated by Schizothrix lardacea to much drier ones only<br />

occasionally moistened by flowing water; first Gloeocapsa sanguinea and Schizothrix Iardacea mixed together;<br />

then Gloeocapsa sanguinea overlying Verrucaria sp., and finally only Verrucaria sp. In summer <strong>1972</strong> when the<br />

reservoir water level was low, the Gloeocapsa was especially abundant on bare limestone below reservoir high<br />

water mark, but away from the zone of active erosion.<br />

Many other species of blue-green algae were recorded from Slapestone Sike, these often being forms equally well<br />

represented in cornmunities adjacent to the stream, such as among the hummocks of the .moss Gymnostomum<br />

recurvirostrum Hedw. Rather strangely, one species associated with the main stream, Tolypothrix penicillata<br />

Thur., was frequent In summer 1969, but apparently quite absent from 1970-<strong>1972</strong>, in spite of at times being locally<br />

frequent during the same period in the two adjacent streams, Nameless Sike and Red Sike<br />

<strong>The</strong> Conjugales consisted of representatives of the filamentous genera Mougeotia, Zygnema and<br />

Spirogyra, together with occasional desmids (but never Oocardium stratum Nag.). As none of the filamentous<br />

forms was ever seen to produce spores either in the field or after return to the laboratory, it was difficult to<br />

allocate specific names to them. However there were apparently three common species of Mougeotia (c. 6 µm<br />

wide, c. 10 µm wide, c. 22-26 µm wide), one of Zygnema, and one of Spirogyra. <strong>The</strong>se filamentous forms often<br />

grew together, and it was not easy to associate anyone species especially with a particular microhabitat. Often they<br />

formed their most abundant growths along the surface of the cracks in the metamorphosed limestone, and such<br />

growths appeared to act as inocula for subsequent spread across the limestone faces during the longer periods of<br />

continuous moderately low flow.<br />

As indicated in Carter's paper (following this), Cymbella was especially well represented in the stream, and<br />

macroscopically visible diatom growths were nearly always due to species belonging to this genus. It was<br />

noteworthy during spring and summer 1971 that colonisation of a limestone surface freshly exposed during the<br />

previous winter was almost entirely by Cymbella spp., and not by the blue-green algae.<br />

Two other species of algae in the main stream will be mentioned briefly. Hormidium subtile (Kutz.)<br />

Heering was the only other filamentous green alga at all abundant. Chara vulgaris L. was locally abundant in the<br />

silted lower reach of the stream, now drowned, while a very few plants occurred over silt in the upper reaches of<br />

the stream during, each of the three summers under study.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

34<br />

Table II. Some characteristic organisms of Slapestone Sike (A) and three of its tributaries (B, C, D; see text).<br />

Values indicated are a subjective estimate of their relative abundance averaged over the three years: va, very<br />

abundant; a, abundant; f, frequent; o occasional; r, rare; -, absent.<br />

A B C D<br />

Batrachospermum sp, r a - -<br />

red algal chantransia o o f f<br />

Gloeocapsa sanguinea r a r<br />

Gongrosira debaryana r o f a<br />

Hormidium subtile f f r a<br />

Meridian circulare o o o a<br />

Mougeotia sp. c. 10 µm f f o o<br />

Mougeotia sp, c. 10 µm f o o o<br />

Mougeotia sp. c. 22-26 µm a o o f<br />

Rivularia biasolettiana a r r r<br />

Schizothrix lardacea va r r f<br />

Verrucaria sp. (? spp.) f o a a<br />

All three tributaries mentioned earlier had a vegetation obviously differing both from the main<br />

stream and from each other. Details of these are summarised very briefly in Table II.<br />

It is also worth noting that some algae which are widespread in other streams in North-East<br />

England were either quite absent or relatively very uncommon in Slapestone Sike. For instance, Ulothrix zonata<br />

(Weber & Mohr) Kϋtz . which is common in nearly all the other fast-flowing streams in the region, was never<br />

once recorded for Slapestone Sike or any of the other streams associated with the metamorphosed limestone.<br />

Nevertheless this species grew well on matured rocks of this limestone when incubated in an artificial stream near<br />

Durham. Only a few cells of the diatom Ceratoneis arcus Kϋtz, were ever found from this stream, although it was<br />

generally frequent in most other upland streams studied, including those which were moderately calcareous.<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

Of the algae listed in Table II, surveys at other British sites have indicated that none are restricted<br />

to the Upper Teesdale metamorphosed limestone. However, an account of the diatoms from Slapestone Sike by J.<br />

R. Carter (see next paper) does raise the possibility that several of these may prove to be characteristic of this<br />

limestone.<br />

Where, or not any algal species are eventually shown to be restricted to this region, it does appear<br />

that the algal vegetation associated with the metamorphosed limestone is unusual and represented elsewhere in<br />

Britain at relatively few sites. All of these are highly calcareous, and most but not all of them are upland. <strong>The</strong><br />

predominance of Rivularia and other blue-green algae, filamentous Conjugales and Cymbella spp. are<br />

characteristic features of these sites. Of the species listed in Table II, three would appear to be restricted to them:<br />

Gongrosira debaryana, Rivularia biasolettiana and Schizothrix lardacea. Gongrosira debaryana grows partly<br />

endolithically, and is restricted entirely to limestone surfaces, but the other two species appear relatively<br />

indifferent to their actual substrate <strong>The</strong> calcareous springs of Orton Moor near Sunbiggin Tarn, some 25<br />

kilometres S.W. of Widdybank Fell, and whose flowering plant vegetation was described by Holdgate (1955),<br />

provide a local but restricted example of another site with a rather similar algal vegetation.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are various indications (to be reported elsewhere) that this particular algal vegetation, with<br />

its prominent growths of Rivularia and other features, is probably limited not only to highly calcareous sites, but<br />

also to ones almost entirely free of any nutrient enrichment from fertilizers or organic waste. It seems probable<br />

that it may once have been rather more widespread, and at least possible that it may in fact have been much more<br />

widespread, It might for instance


35<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

have been represented in the occasional unshaded reaches of the chalk streams of south-east England, where now<br />

it is almost certainly absent. Whether or not this was so its present distribution in Britain is decidedly restricted,<br />

and the streams in Upper Teesdale still form one of the best examples of its development. Although the algae<br />

cannot claim the glamour or quite the rarity of flowering plants like Gentiana verna. It is nevertheless hoped that<br />

the remaining streams will be preserved for all time in something like their present form. While the aIgal<br />

vegetation is unlikely to suffer much from collecting, trampling or any small climatic changes associated with the<br />

reservoir, it might well suffer greatly from any change in land usage, such as any addition of fertilizers.<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

<strong>The</strong> authors are most. grateful to. the following for helpful discussion: Dr. S. Golubic, Dr. E. Kann, Miss S. M.<br />

Kirkby, Mr. T. Buffey. M.K.H. was supported by a grant allocated by the Teesdale Trust and financed by Imperial<br />

Chemical Industries Ltd.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Bradshaw, M. E. B., and Clark, W. A. (1965): 1 Flora and vegetation. In: Valentine, D. H. (Ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural<br />

History of Upper Teesdale, Pp, 23-42. Northumberland & Durham Naturalists' Trust Limited. 70pp.<br />

Geitler, L. (1932): Cyanophyceae. L. Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen Flora XIV. Leipzig.<br />

Holdgate, M. W. (1955): <strong>The</strong> vegetation of some springs and wet flushes on Tarn Moor, near Orton,<br />

Westmorland. J. Ecol. 43; 80-89.<br />

Holmes, T. N. H., Lloyd, E. J. H. Potts, M., and Whitton, B. A. (<strong>1972</strong>): Plants of the River Tyne. <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />

Vol. LVlI: 56-78.<br />

Johnson, G. A. L., Robinson, D., and Hornung, M. (1971): Unique bedrock and soils associated with the Teesdale<br />

flora. Nature, Lond. 232: 453-456.<br />

Pigott, C. D. (1956): <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Upper Teesdale in the North Pennines. J. Ecol. 44; 545-586.<br />

Whitton, B. A. (1970): Toxicity of heavy metals of freshwater algae: A review. Phykos 9: 116-125.<br />

THE DIATOMS OF SLAPESTONE SIKE, UPPER TEESDALE.<br />

J. R. CARTER<br />

Elm Bank, Denholm, Hawick<br />

<strong>The</strong> diatoms examined in this contribution were all collected by Mr. A. Peabody and Dr. B. A.<br />

Whitton, one collection being made on 19th April, 1970 and the other on 6th August, 1970. A complete analysis<br />

has shown little if any significant distinction between the two gatherings, the species present being identical in the<br />

main stream and any rather unusual forms being confined to small tributaries and flushes<br />

<strong>The</strong> samples contain 108 identified species, and two or three which are either quite new or perhaps<br />

inadequately described in the literature. <strong>The</strong>se latter forms have, of necessity been omitted from discussion here<br />

and will receive attention later. Taken from between forty and fifty stations from the headwaters of the Cow Green<br />

reservoir, all kinds of habitats have been sampled and the results show some containing as many as 50 different<br />

forms whilst one, a peaty drain, was completely devoid of diatoms. As one would expect the richest hauls came<br />

from amongst mosses, Rivularia colonies, algal beds and from some of the adjacent vegetation like liverworts. All<br />

these dwellers in the stream tend to act as filters to catch the diatoms and one cannot be sure that to find a form in<br />

such


36<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

a location has much ecological importance, for it may be merely a fortuitous catch washed down from its true<br />

home.<br />

Many samples were mixtures and in these cases it seems nearly impossible to assign dominant<br />

species to each sample, but perhaps Table I will be of interest and some use. I have indicated, where I know it,<br />

the optimum pH value associated with the form (many of these from Cholnoky), but it must be emphasised that<br />

there is not sufficient evidence that the conditions governing pH necessarily govern diatom growth, rmany other<br />

factors are relevant.<br />

Comment must be made on the preponderance of the Cymbella species. <strong>The</strong>se are stalked and<br />

epiphytic for the most part and often exist in great masses attached to stones in fast flowing clean streams as well<br />

as to aquatic vegetation. However, it must surely be something unusual to find seventeen or eighteen species in<br />

one small stream. One of these diatoms, Cymbella lapponica Grunow is apparently a new record for Britain. It<br />

was found originally in North Iceland and subsequently in Scandinavia and may have some significance in this<br />

area. Another diatom which seems to be a first British record is Nilzschia bryophila Hustedt, a single specimen of<br />

this form being from a Rivularia colony. This diatom has been noted from the Faroes and, more recently, from the<br />

Swiss Alps. <strong>The</strong> presence of Navicula stromii Hustedt is perhaps worth noting, for this diatom makes its first<br />

appearance here and is a member of the arctic and alpine flora.<br />

A general survey of this collection points to an association of forms more or less normal for a<br />

slightly alkaline habitat. It must be assumed that the rather infrequent presence of diatoms usually attributed to a<br />

more acid environment is due to the flushing into the stream of species from the nearby peat where the pH values<br />

can sometimes reach 6.0. This could account for the presence of plants in the genus Eunotia where optimum<br />

growth is in the region of pH 5.5 to 6.0 and the same observation is valid for the members of the genus Neidium<br />

with the reservation that the optimum conditions of growth for N. alpinum Hustedt are not clearly defined.<br />

Table I<br />

<strong>The</strong> following species have been identified; a note is added of what is known of the pH<br />

characteristics of the species from other sites.<br />

Achnanthes<br />

affinis Grunow. pH 6.0.<br />

flexella (Kützing) Brun. pH 6.0.<br />

flexella var. alpestris Brun. pH 6.0.<br />

kryophila Petersen. One specimen only from a stone scraping now covered by the reservoir. pH<br />

7.0.<br />

lapponica Rustedt.<br />

linearis (Wm. Smith) Grunow. Never plentiful and always the form named by some as the variety<br />

Pusilla Grunow, pH 6.5.<br />

microcephela (Kützing) Grunow. pH 6.6.<br />

minutissima Kützing, pH 7.5.<br />

pseudoswazi Carter.<br />

sublaevis Hustedt. Found only in one place growing with Hormidium, Originally found in the<br />

Faroes and subsequently by me in eight locations in Scotland where it was not rare in Loch Tay<br />

some years ago. <strong>The</strong> details of its ecology are imperfectly known.<br />

Amphora<br />

normanii Rabenhorst. pH 8.5. Not common in moss squeezings and amongst aquatic vegetation.<br />

ovalis Kützing, pH 8 plus.<br />

Amphipleura pellucida Kützing. pH 7.3. A few cells only trapped in a Ulothrix mat.


37<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Anomoeoneis<br />

exilis (Kützing) Cleve. pH 6 to 7.<br />

serians var brachysira (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />

zellensis (Grunow) Cleve. An alpine form quite common in several samples here.<br />

Caloneis<br />

alpestris (Grunow) Cleve.<br />

bacillaris Gregory. pH 8.<br />

backmanii A. Cleve, in sensu Cleve 1955.<br />

silicula (Ehrenberg) Cleve. pH 8.<br />

Cocconeis placentula Ehrenberg.<br />

Cymbella<br />

angustata (Wm. Smith) Cleve.<br />

cesatii (Rabenhorst) Grunow. pH 6 to 7.<br />

delicatula Kützing. pH 7.<br />

helvetlca Kützing. pH 6.<br />

hybrida Grunow. pH 7.<br />

laevis Naegeli. pH 6 to 7.<br />

lapponica Grunow.<br />

microcephala Grunow.<br />

naviculiformis Auerswald. pH 8.<br />

obtuse Grcgory. pH 8.<br />

parva (Wm. Smith) Cleve.<br />

perpusilla A. Cleve. It is not easy to separate this form from C. bipartita Mayer. It is probable that<br />

both forms are present.<br />

rupicola Grunow.<br />

similis Krasskc. I record this with some hesitation as it does not seem to be well known. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

confusion with C. hybridiformis Hustedt and other closely related species.<br />

sinuata Grcgory. pH 8.<br />

tumidula Grunow. pH 7 to 8.<br />

turgidula Grunow. pH 7.5 to 8.<br />

Denticula tennis Kützing.<br />

Diploneis<br />

minut., Peterscn. An arctic form which has been recorded from Britain usually in association with<br />

D. peterseni Hustedt.<br />

oculata (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />

ovalis (Hilse) Cleve.<br />

Eunotia<br />

arcus Ehrenberg. pH 6.<br />

arcus var. fallax Hustedt.<br />

exigua (Brébisson) Rabenhorst. pH, 5.2.<br />

gracilis (Ehrenberg) Rabenhorst.<br />

lunaris (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 5.5-6.<br />

pectinalis (Kützing) Rabenhorst. pH 6.5.<br />

tenella (Grunow) Hustedt. pH 5.5-6.<br />

Fragilaria<br />

capucina Desrnaziéres. pH 7-8.<br />

construens (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 8.<br />

intermedia Grunow. pH about 8.<br />

leptostauron (Ehrenberg) Hustedt. pH about 8.<br />

pinnata Ehrenberg. pH about 8.<br />

Frustulia<br />

vulgaris (Thwaites) de Toni. pH 7.5-8.<br />

species? This form is apparently undescribed but needs further critical investigation. See fig. 28,<br />

Plate I<br />

Gomphonema<br />

angustata (Kützing) Rabenhorst. pR 7-8.


38<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

intricatum Kützing, pH 7-8.<br />

pumila Grunow. This diatom is quite common in most gatherings. It has often been included as a<br />

variety of intricatum but appears to me to be sufficiently different to be distinct.<br />

olivaceoides Hustedt.<br />

Hantzschia amphioxys (Ehrenberg) Grunow.<br />

Meridion circulare Agardh.<br />

Navicula<br />

bacillum. Ehrenberg.<br />

bryophila Petersen. pH 6.<br />

cari Ehr. var. angusta Grunow.<br />

contenta Grunow.<br />

caterva Holm and Hellerman. I have some reservations in including this form as I have seen so few<br />

specimens.<br />

cryptocephala Kützing. pH 8.<br />

disjuncta Hustedt. pH 7. Very common and never absolutuely typical.<br />

gregaria Donkin. pH 8.<br />

lucidula Grunow. A little known form and this perhaps the first record in Britain. It is unfortunate<br />

that it is so rare here.<br />

miniscula Grunow.<br />

modica Hustedt.<br />

pelliculosa (Brébisson) Hilse. pH 8.<br />

pupula Kützing. pH 8.<br />

radiosa Kützing. pH 7.5.<br />

stromii Hustedt.<br />

subatomoides Hustedt.<br />

subhamulata Grunow. pH 6.5.<br />

submuralis Hustedt.<br />

subtilissima Cleve. pH 5.6.<br />

tenella (Brébisson) Cleve.<br />

tenelloides Hustedt.<br />

Neidiurn<br />

affine (Ehrenberg) Cleve.<br />

alpinurri Hustedt.<br />

dubium (Ehrenberg) Cleve.<br />

bisulcatum (Lagerstedt) Cleve. pH 5-6.<br />

iridis (Ehrenberg) Cleve. pH 6.<br />

As in Eunotia these are all acid-loving species and appear but rarely.<br />

Nitzschia<br />

angustata (Wm. Smith) Grunow. pH 8.5.<br />

bryophila Hustedt.<br />

frustulum (Kützing) Grunow. pH 7.<br />

hantzschiana Rabenhorst. pH around 7.<br />

linearis (Agardh) Wm. Smith. pH 7-8.<br />

microcephala Grunow. pH 7.5-8.5.<br />

palea (Kützing). Wm. Smith. pH from 4.3 to 8. according to Cholnoky.<br />

sigmoidea (Ehrenberg) Wm. Smith. pH 8.5.<br />

Pinnularia<br />

appendiculata (Agardh) Cleve. pH about 8 is quoted by Cholnoky but this is generally much<br />

higher than my own observations.<br />

cleveana Ross. For sufficient reasons Ross has given this name to the form previously known to<br />

most workers as P. undulata Gregory.<br />

commutata Grunow. I do not consider this diatom to be a variety of P. viridis from which it differs<br />

by reason of raphe complexity. gracillima Gregory.<br />

leptosoma Grunow.<br />

viridis (Nitzsch) Ehrenberg.<br />

Rhopalodia<br />

gibberula (Ehrenberg) O. Muller.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

39<br />

parallela (Grunow) O. Mulier.<br />

Stauroneis<br />

phoenicenteron (Nitzch) Ehrenberg<br />

prominula (Grunow) Hustedt. Occuring in a moss squeezing in one place onIy now submerged. pH<br />

7-7.3.<br />

smithii Grunow. pH 8.<br />

Surirella<br />

birostrata Hustedt.<br />

helvetica (Brun.) Meister. Occurs but rarely and seems to me to be sufficiently unique to stand<br />

alone and not be Included as a variey of S. linearis Wm. Smith.<br />

linearis var. constricta (Ehrenberg) Grunow. pH 6.<br />

ovata Kützing.<br />

Synedra<br />

amphicephala . Kützing.<br />

rumpens Kützing.<br />

ulna (Nitzsch) Ehrenberg. pH 7-8.<br />

Table II<br />

Location of "Dominant Species"<br />

Achnanthes microcephala ABB<br />

Achnanthes minutissima BC<br />

Anomoeoneis zellensis EF<br />

Cymbella cesatii AB<br />

Cymbella delicatula AAAABDDHHH<br />

Cymbella tumidula G<br />

Cymbella parva BBGH<br />

Fragilaria capucina B<br />

Meridion circulare BBBBD<br />

Pinnularia commutata F<br />

A On or in Rivularia colonies.<br />

B On other algae.<br />

C On liverworts.<br />

D On moss on rock.<br />

E Dry flush over turf.<br />

F Wet flush over turf.<br />

G Cold water spring.<br />

H Normal stream.<br />

Plate 1.<br />

Fig. 1,2, Achnantlies lapponica, 3, 4, A. pseudoswazi, 5, 6, 7,8, A. minutissima. 9, 10, A. microephala, 11,<br />

Fragllaria intermedia. 12, 13, A. sublaevis. 14, 15, A. microcephala, 16, 17, A. affinis. 18, 19, Amphora normanii,<br />

20, 21, Anomoeoneis zellensis. 22, Caloneis bacillaris, 23, C. backmanii. 24, 25, Eunotia arcus. 26, E. tenella, 27,<br />

Denticula tenuis, 28, Frustula sp. ? 29, 30, Diploneis minuta. 31, Anomoeoneis exilis. 32, Gomphonema<br />

intricatum, 33, G. olivaceoides, 34, G. pumila. 35, G. intricatum, 36, G. angustata. 37, 38, Cymbella cesatii. 39,<br />

C. angustata? 40, 41, C. delicatula. 42, 43, C. similis? 44, C. microcephala. 45, C. sinuata.<br />

Plate 2.<br />

Fig. 1, Cymbella lapponica, 2, C. naviculiformis, 3, C. parva. 4, C. obtusa. 5, 6, C. laevis. 7, C. tumidula. 8, 9,<br />

C. perpusilla. 10, C. bipartita, 11, Synedra amphicephala: 12, CymbelIa rupicola. 13,14, 15, Cymbella sp.? 16,<br />

Meridion ,circulare. 17,Navicula pupula var. rectangularis, 18, Fragilaria capucina 19, Navicula submuralis. 20,<br />

N. subatomoides. 21, N. bryophila. 22, N. stromii 23, N. caterva. 24 N. cryptocephala, var. 25, Nitzschia<br />

bryophila, 26,. N. angustata 27, 28, Nitzschia sp.? 29, Surirella helvetica. 30, Achnanthes flexella. 31, Pinnularia<br />

leptosoma. 32, P. commutata. 33, P. cleveana. 34, Stauroneis prominua, 35, S. smithii.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

40


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

41


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

THE ECOLOGY OF TARN DUB<br />

J. C. PETERS,<br />

Water Resources Board, Research Division, Reading, Berkshire<br />

42<br />

Introduction<br />

Tarn Dub is a freshwater pond situated within the Upper Teesdale National Nature Reserve at an altitude of 1,370<br />

ft. at the foot of the Whin Sill cliff out- cropping on the northern side of Cronkley Fell on the North<br />

Yorks/Durham border. (Ordnance Survey Reference NY 853287).<br />

<strong>The</strong> Tarn owes its existence to the damming of drainage water from the fell by a lateral moraine of<br />

boulder clay running from north-east to south-west along the base of the cliff - Tarn Rigg. Apparently drainage<br />

into the Tarn from a temporary stream at the north-eastern end is insufficient to maintain its volume throughout<br />

the year and large oscillations in water depth occur. <strong>The</strong> maximum depth in winter nears 6 feet when the Tarn<br />

reaches a length of approximately 380 yards and a maximum width of approximately 100 yards. In a dry summer<br />

the only areas not to dry out entirely are two pools of approximately 8 inches in depth and 5 feet in diameter at the<br />

south-eastern end of the central area, and the extreme south-eastern arm. (See contour map Figure 1). Since the<br />

time when this study was made the tarn dried out entirely in August 1971.<br />

Soil<br />

<strong>The</strong> soil of the Tarn shore is some 18-20 inches deep and consists of an upper half inch of light<br />

friable humus underlain by an A1 horizon of 4 inches of humus enriched brown earth. This covers an A2 layer of<br />

3 inches of earth with a reasonable crumb structure giving way to a twelve inch deep B horizon of gleyed boulder<br />

clay containing spots of iron. <strong>The</strong> bedrock appears to be dolerite. Within the body of the Tarn the B<br />

horizon occurs within 3 inches of the surface, there being a reduced A horizon and the whole is overlain by three<br />

inches of fine black silt formed from plant detritus.<br />

Vegetation<br />

<strong>The</strong> vegetation of the surrounding moorland is of the "Atlantic" type, the dominant species being Calluna<br />

vulgaris, Erica tetralix, Eriophorum vaginaturn, Juncus squarrosus, Festuca rubra, Festuca ovina, Agrostis<br />

tenuis, Nardus stricta, Galium saxatile, Potenitilla erecta, Carex flacca and Carex panicea. This vegetation<br />

blends into that of the Tarn itself. At the north-western end of the Tarn which is only flooded in Autumn and<br />

Spring the dominant species are Juncus conglomeratus, Nardus stricta, Agrostis tenuis, Festuca ovina, Carex<br />

flacca, Carex nigra, Carex panicea, Potentilla erecta. and Galium saxatile. In the deeper pockets in the western<br />

arm and in the central area these species are joined by Littorella uniflora, Ranunculus flammula and<br />

Ranunculus repens. On the shore of the central area only Oenanthe fistulosa dominates the community.<br />

<strong>The</strong> two perennially water filled pools in the central part of the Tarn contain Fontinalis antipyretica<br />

and a Nitella sp.. <strong>The</strong>se pools are surrounded by a zone covered in Glyceria fluitans which marks the extent of<br />

that Dart rarely dried out entirely.<br />

<strong>The</strong> south-eastern arm of the Tarn is isolated from the central area by a rock covered spit. <strong>The</strong><br />

bottom of this perennially water-covered part of the tarn is flat and dominated by a mat of Glyceria fiuitans<br />

containing some Potamogeton polygonifolius and a clump of Eleocharis palustris. This deeper part is edged by a<br />

zone of Ranunculus aquatilis, Ranunculus flammula, Littorella uniflora and Galium saxatile interspersed with<br />

clumps of Juncus conglomeratus on the southern shore. Virtually no Sphagnum sp. occurs within the margin of<br />

the Tarn. <strong>The</strong> Tarn drains to the south-east at times of high water and Sphagnum palustre, Sphagnum<br />

subsecundum, Sphagnum papillosum and Sphagnum cuspidatum cover this flushed zone.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

43


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

44<br />

Water Quality<br />

During the summer months the shallow nature of the Tarn, the abundance of vegetation and the firm flat substrate<br />

attracts large numbers of grazing sheep into the water. <strong>The</strong> nutrient enrichment of the water from their faeces is<br />

reflected in the water analysis in the summer when sodium, potassium and sulphate/nitrate concentrations rise.<br />

(See Table 1).<br />

<strong>The</strong> calcium concentration oscillates greatly from levels comparable to that of a bog pool, January analyses being<br />

2.2 mg/litre of calcium to a maximum concentration of 13.3 mg/litre in May after continuous rainfall, when<br />

drainage water from the saccharoidal limestone on top of Cronkley Fell runs into the Tarn from the intermittent<br />

inflow stream at the north-western end.<br />

TABLE I in mg/litre<br />

Ca Na K Mg NO,,+SO, pH<br />

January 2.2 0.9 0.3 0.3 4.8 6.7<br />

April 6.1 2.5 1.7 0.5 4.8 6.72<br />

May 13.3 2.6 2.3 0.2 6.7 6.65<br />

June 9.1 3.0 1.6 0.8 9.98 6.81<br />

July 3.8 2.6 0.9 0.6 5.7 6.7<br />

August 5.2 2.9 1.0 0.6 9.6 6.65<br />

Septernber 2.4 1.9 0.2 0.3 7.67 6.75<br />

October 9.1 2.1 0.7 0.5 6.4 6.95<br />

November 1.8 0.8 0.4 0.3 5.7 6.78<br />

TEMPERATURE AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATION<br />

Summer water temperatures have reached a maximum of 26°C in mid July with diurnal oscillations<br />

often in the range of 8-12°C. At midday in such a season with a maximum water depth of 9 inches and a water<br />

temperature of 19°C, the oxygen concentration was 1ppm at the mud surface to 11.5 pprn at the water surface.<br />

FAUNA<br />

Vertebrates<br />

<strong>The</strong> islands that form in the large central pool of the Tarn between April and June support a small nesting colony<br />

of black-headed gulls. <strong>The</strong> number has varied from 3 to 6 nesting pairs. One pair of Redshank and one pair of Teal<br />

have nested toward the south-eastern end throughout each year of the study. In 1968, and 1969 young Teal were<br />

successfully bred on the Tarn.<br />

In Spring and Autumn a heron is a regular visitor to the Tarn. <strong>The</strong>se visits coincide with the spring<br />

frog spawning and the Autumn appearance of large numbers of young common newts.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Tarn contains no fish which is to be expected considering the violent fluctuations in water level.<br />

INVERTEBRATES<br />

Sampling Method<br />

<strong>The</strong> invertebrate fauna of the tarn was sampled quantitatively at monthly intervals for the three year period 1965-<br />

1967 by means of timed collections with a standard Freshwater Biological Association pond net of 40 mesh/inch.<br />

General qualitative sampling in the summer of 1964 had indicated that although certain species<br />

were present in dense populations others were scare but regularly present. In order to avoid the inaccuracies of<br />

sampling species aggregations, or of failing to sample them on a numbers per unit area basis and because the tarn<br />

bottom was covered by such a dense mat of vegetation making core sampling or quadrat sampling difficult, a<br />

timed sampling technique was chosen similar to that used by Macan and Mann. This timed sampling consisted of<br />

two ten minute searches with a pond net along each of two parallel 30 yard transects in the south-eastern arm of<br />

the tarn. In order that the efficiency of the pond net


45<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

collection should not decrease as it became filled by the material collected, the samples were emptied into a dish<br />

after a five minute period before continuing a second five minute sample from the point reached previously on the<br />

transect. <strong>The</strong> two ten minute samples were returned to the laboratory for sorting. Genera were seperated and<br />

preserved and counts made of the species present to give an indication of monthly changes in population density.<br />

General net searching was continued In other parts of the tarn to ascertain whether any species<br />

were being missed from the transects. This general qualitative sampling continued throughout 1968 and 1969 after<br />

quantitative sampling had been discontinued.<br />

Absent elements of the invertebrate fauna<br />

Throughout the six year period of study, 3 years of which involve monthly sampling no representatives of the<br />

following families or genera were collected:<br />

a. Asellus sp.-the absence is expected on the basis of T. B. Reynoldson's 1961 paper in that the tarn is<br />

at too high an altitude and with too low a calcium content, falling outside his "Asellus" lake type.<br />

b. Turbellaria - Reynoldson (1958) places water bodies with a calcium concentration of below 6 ppm<br />

at this altitude in the category of waters not colonised by flatworms except for Phagocatta vita<br />

which normally occurs in tarns with Sphagnum sp. in the watershed. Although a very little<br />

Sphagnum sp, is present in the watershed there is none present within the body of the tarn; this<br />

coupled with the very variable water depths and water chemistry probably explains the absence of<br />

this group.<br />

c. Zygoptera - the absence of this family is hard to explain in view of there being two species of<br />

Anisoptera present. Davies (1969) demonstrated that some Zygoptera are major predators on<br />

Turbellaria, whether this absence is linked is speculative but interesting. Macan (1963) in his<br />

species list for Hudson's Tarn demonstrates the presence of Zygoptera in the absence of Tricladida.<br />

Species that have occurred on very rare occasions in the tarn are:<br />

a. Centroptilurn luteolum - one nymph of this species was collected in 1967, otherwise there has<br />

been no record of any Ephemeropterans in the Tarn. <strong>The</strong> rarity of this group can possibly be<br />

explained by the partial drying up of the Tarn, the organic pollution and high summer temperatures<br />

all of which are known to have a depressive effect on Epherneropteran faunas. Macan (1963).<br />

b. Lirnnaea stagnalis - one specimen was collected from the Nitella sp . in the small permanent pool in<br />

the central area. <strong>The</strong> water chemistry of the Tarn and its impermanent nature makes this occurrence<br />

of a calciphile mollusc most unusual.<br />

c. Garmmarus pulex - again only one specimen of this species occurred In the six years of sampling.<br />

<strong>The</strong> occurrence of this species and of (a) and (b) above indicates that although species immigrate to<br />

the tarn at regular intervals they are not establishing themselves.<br />

Dominant invertebrates and the significance of their presence in the Tarn<br />

Family Corixidae<br />

Of the eleven species present in the tarn, five predominate. Callicorixa wollastoni - a strong flying species that is<br />

normally only present in water bodies above 1,500 ft. - is dominant throughout the year. Its presence in large<br />

numbers at a lower altitude here may be accounted for by the eastern position of the tarn in the country. Macan<br />

(1954) suggests that Sigara nigrolineata normally occurs in larger numbers than Callicorixa wollastoni in small<br />

water bodies but in this instance Sigara nigrolineata is scarce in the tarn. <strong>The</strong> next most abundant species with<br />

Callicorixa praeusta which Macan (1954b) associates with slightly larger lakes with some organic pollution. In<br />

smaller water bodies Corixa punctata is normally associated with such organic enrichment, but here Corixa<br />

punctata is common


46<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

but never reaches the density of Callicorixa praeusta. <strong>The</strong> most common species following Callicorixa praeusta<br />

and in larger numbers than Corixa punctata is Hesperocorixa sahlbergi which is usually found in leaf filled pools<br />

or areas of stagnent fen with high rates of organic decomposition relative to the rate of inorganic deposition.<br />

Macan (1954a). In the autumn the population of Sigara distincta becomes as dense as Hesperocorixa sahtbergi.<br />

According to Macan (1967) Sigara distincta tends to replace Sigara dorsalis as organic matter accumulates<br />

particularly in soft waters. In the case of the tarn Sigara dorsalis is rare, one specimen only having been obtained<br />

on seven different occasions. Of the other rarely occurring species Hesperocorixa castanea and Sigara scotii are<br />

representatives of high organic contents in more unproductive acid waters. Additional rare occurrences are<br />

Arctocorisa germari and Sigara concinna.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Corixid occurrences would therefore tend to indicate a highly productive, soft water, at high<br />

altitude, middle sized, organically polluted lake of unstable condition.<br />

Throughout the sampling period it was found that Corixid nymphs occurring in the tarn were<br />

heavily parasitised by the nemotode worm Mermis sp..<br />

Plecoptcra<br />

<strong>The</strong> only stone fly species present is Nemoura cinerea. Small nymphs appear in October and<br />

growth continues until the hatch of adults begins in April which lasts until mid-May. <strong>The</strong>reafter the species is<br />

absent except as a resting stage - presumably a summer diapausing egg. Such a winter life cycle adapts this<br />

species well to impermanent water bodies.<br />

Odonata<br />

<strong>The</strong> two species of Aeshna to occur in the tarn are indicative of two habitats, in the case of Aeshna juncea this<br />

species occurs in rich fen areas whilst Aeshna grandis being a very strong flyer is often the only species to occur<br />

in outlying bog pools.<br />

Coleoptera<br />

<strong>The</strong> author made a particular study of those species of the Genus Agabus occuring in the tarn. In order to discover<br />

whether these closely related species were likely to be competing for food. and space, an analysis was made of<br />

their life cycles and temperature requirements for growth.<br />

<strong>The</strong> dominant species were Agabus bipustulatus, and Agabus labiatus. <strong>The</strong> former species is a strong flyer and<br />

common in all types of standing water habitat. It was found to continue egg and larval development at<br />

temperatures as low as 1°C and to have an overwintering 3rd instar larval diapause with growth restricted by short<br />

daylengths (photoperiod) which overode temperatures as high as 25°C. Agabus labiatus overwintered as an adult,<br />

the larvae only appearing in the tarn from May to August. <strong>The</strong>se larvae differed from the other Agabines present<br />

in having swimming hairs on the legs and they could be seen capturing Cladocera for food. Egg deposition by the<br />

adults only took place under reduced temperatures and daylengths. This species is of particular interest in having<br />

only a local but wide distribution in such impermanent water bodies as dune slacks near the sea to pools in upland<br />

Scotland, and yet observations during the present study and those of Miss D. Jackson (1956) indicate that this<br />

species is entirely flightless. <strong>The</strong> rapid larval development that has been observed in spring must therefore be<br />

advantageous in such impermanent waters.<br />

Agabus congener larvae occur in the tarn in July and August. This species and Agabus arcticus<br />

have a northern montane distribution in Britain. Agabus congener adults lay diapausing eggs in the late summer.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se eggs will only develop after a period at low temperatures. This now confirms F. Balfour Browne's<br />

suspicions that this species like Agabus chalconatus has a diapausing egg stage. Agabus arcticus adults only<br />

oviposit in the laboratory after a similar treatment to that successful with Agabus labiatus and although no larvae<br />

of this species have reached successful pupation it is likely that the life history is controlled by adult


47<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

diapause. In addition the rate of larval growth with temperature follows an almost identical relationship to that<br />

shown by Agabus bipustulatus which suggests an overwintering larva.<br />

Of the remaining two species of Agabus found in the tarn Agabus chalconatus was only identified<br />

from nine males, no females having been captured; both this species and Agabus sturmii are locally common<br />

throughout Britain. <strong>The</strong> larvae of the latter were captured regularly in the tarn and overwintered at much the same<br />

time as Agabus bipustulatus. Although adults of this species never laid eggs in the laboratory, suggesting either<br />

adult diapause or the absence of the correct substrate for oviposition, it appears likely that there would be diapause<br />

in the third larval instar. This species is smaller than Agabus bipustulatus and the larval size ranges do not not<br />

overlap which in itself will prevent competition for similar sized prey.<br />

It is interesting to note how the group of closely related species occurring in the same water body<br />

regulate their life histories differently by spatial separation of larvae between plankton and substrate, in size<br />

difference, or in the season when present.<br />

<strong>The</strong> remaining species include Rhantus bistriatus, described by Galewski (1963) as being the most<br />

typical representative of the genus occurring in shallow impermanent sedge or grass choked ponds.<br />

Trichoptera<br />

All the Limnophilus spp. of caddis occurring in the tarn have long adult flight periods and according to Crichton<br />

(1971) these species are all likely to exhibit adult diapause in that no oviposition takes place until late in the<br />

season. In addition P. Hiley (personal communication) states that these species eventually deposit their eggs on<br />

dry stones below top water level and the larvae begin to develop in the egg mass, but then remain inactive until<br />

they are covered by the returning water surface.<br />

Phrygranea grandis, which occurred regularly in the south-east end of the tarn has a flight period from late April<br />

to early July and not only do adults require to deposit eggs into water but also larvae are found throughout the<br />

year, according to Bray R. B. (1969). This species is apparently unsuited to life in all but the perennial parts of the<br />

tarn and is likely to have been eliminated in the catastrophic drying of 1971.<br />

Hydracarina<br />

<strong>The</strong> five species occurring in sorne numbers in the tarn are Arrenurus buccinator, Arrenurus membranator,<br />

Limnesia koenike, Piona coccinea, and Pionacercus leukarti, According tol C. L. Hopkins (1962) these are all<br />

species of thick vegetation in small ponds or reedswarnp. In Tarn Dub the first three species occur in all months of<br />

the year whilst the last two are present from March to September only.<br />

Hirundinea<br />

Of the two species of leech present Erpobdella octoculata dominates. Surveys by K. H. Mann (1955) suggest that<br />

smaller water bodies with calcium contents below 7mg/litre are usually inhabited by a leech population in which<br />

Erpobdella octoculata dominates Helobdella stagnalis<br />

Mollusca<br />

<strong>The</strong> Gasteropod fauna of the tarn is typical of the soft water "slum" fauna described by Boycott (1936). Limnaea<br />

truncatula and Planorbis spirorbis being typical of areas that dry up in summer, whilst Limnaea glabra is a<br />

calcifuge and Planorbis leavis is an inhabitant of soft water areas.<br />

Summary<br />

Elements of the fauna, flora and water chemistry of Tarn Dub, an upland pond subjected to periodic drying out,<br />

are described. <strong>The</strong> species list for the area


48<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

is of the "insect" type expected in an unstable soft water environment but with certain exceptions. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

differences suggest that organic pollution combined with occasional drainage of calcium enriched water into the<br />

Tarn increases the production and produces a partial fen fauna.<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

This work conducted in the Upper Teesdale National Nature Reserve formed part of a six year study undertaken<br />

whilst the author was firstly employed by the Nature Conservancy and later on the staff of the Department of<br />

Zoology at Newcastle University. My thanks are due to many individuals for their assistance Dr. B. A. Whitton<br />

and Mrs. M. Bradshaw for the list of diatoms and desmids; Dr. D. J. Bellamy for assistance with the macrophytes;<br />

Dr. G. Forster, the late Professor F. Balfour-Browne, Mr. P. Hiley and Dr. D. T. Crisp for assistance with<br />

arthropod identification, and not least my wife for long hours of sorting samples.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

1. BaIfour-Browne F. (1940) British Water Beetles Volume 1. London: Ray Soc.<br />

2. Boycott A. E. (1936) "<strong>The</strong> habitats of fresh-water Mollusca in Britain." J. Anim. Ecol. 5, 116-186.<br />

3. Bray R. B. (1969) "<strong>The</strong> life cycle and growth of some British Phryganaeidae (Trichoptera)" Ent.<br />

Month. Mag. 105, 75-84.<br />

4. Crichton M. I. (1971) "A study of caddis flies (Trichoptera) of the family Limnophilidae based on<br />

the Rotharnsted Insect Survey, 1964-1968." J. Zool. Lond. 163, 533-563.<br />

5. Davies R. W. and Reynoldson T. B. (1969) "<strong>The</strong> incidence and intensity of predation on lake<br />

dwelling triclads in the laboratory." Ecology 50, No. 5.<br />

6. Galewskii K. (1963) "Immature stages of the Central European species of Rhantus Dejean<br />

(Coleoptera , Dytiscidae)." Pol. Pisrno. Ent. 33 No. 1.<br />

7. Hopkins C. L. (1962) "Distribution of Hydracarina in the vicinity of Flatford Mill, East Suffolk."<br />

Field Studies 1 No. 4, 553-73.<br />

8. Macan T. T. (1963) "Freshwater Ecology" Longrnans.<br />

9. Macan T. T. (l954a) “A contribution to the study of the ecology of Corixidae (Hemipt)." J. Anim.<br />

Ecol 23, 115-141.<br />

10. Macan T. T. (1954b) "Littoral fauna and lake types." Verh. int, Ver. Limnol, 12, 608-612.<br />

11. Macan T. T. (1967) "<strong>The</strong> Corixidae of two Shropshire Meres." Field Studies 2, No. 4, 533-545.<br />

12. Mann K. H. (1955b) "Some factors influencing the distribution of freshwater leeches in Britain."<br />

Verh. Int. Ver. Limnol. 12, 582-587.<br />

13. Reynoldson T. B. (1958c) "Triclads and lake Typology in Northern Britain - qualitative aspects."<br />

Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 13, 320-330.<br />

14. Reynoldson T. B. (1961a) "Observations on the occurrence of Asellus (Isopoda, Crustacea) in<br />

some lakes of Northern Britain." Verh. int. Ver. Limnol. 14, 988-994.<br />

APPENDlX 1<br />

Species List for Tarn Dub<br />

Coelenterata Hydra oligactus<br />

Nematoda Mermls sp.<br />

Annelida Oligochaeta<br />

Hirudinea<br />

Dero sp.<br />

Lumbriculus variegatus<br />

Nais sp .<br />

Erpobdella octoculata (L) .<br />

Helobdella stagnalis (L).


49<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Mollusca Gastropoda Limnaea glabra (Müll).<br />

Limnaea stagnalis (Linn).<br />

Limnaea truncatula (Müll).<br />

Planorbis laevis (ALDER).<br />

Planorbis spirorbis (Linn).<br />

Larnellibranchiata Pisidium sp.<br />

Sphaerium sp.<br />

Arthropoda Crustacea Ostracoda sp.<br />

Amphipoda Gammarus pulex (Linn).<br />

Cladocera Simocaphulus vettulus (0. F.<br />

Müller).<br />

Bosmina sp.<br />

Insecta<br />

Ephemeroptera Centroptilum luteolum (Müll).<br />

Odonata Aeshna grandis (L).<br />

Aeshna juncea (L).<br />

Nemoura cinerea (Retz).<br />

Limnophilus vittatus (For).<br />

Limnophilus centralis (Curt).<br />

Plecoptera<br />

Trichoptera<br />

Limnophilus luridus; Curt<br />

Limnophilus luridus (Curt).<br />

Limnnophilus sparsus Curt<br />

Phryganea grandis (Linn),<br />

Oligotricha sp.<br />

Hemiptera<br />

Callicorixa wollastoni (D. & S.)<br />

Callicorixa praeusta (Fieb).<br />

Corix punctata (Illig).<br />

Sigaraa distincta (Fieb).<br />

Sigara nigrolineata (Fieb).<br />

Sigara dorsalis Leach<br />

Hesperocorixa sahlbergi (Fieb).<br />

Hesperocorixa castanea<br />

(Thorns).<br />

Sigara scotti (D. & S.)<br />

Arctocorisa germari (Fieb).<br />

Sigura concinna (Fieb).<br />

Anacaena globulus (Payk).<br />

Coleoptera<br />

Hydradephaga Agabus congener (Payk).<br />

Agabus articus (Thorns).<br />

Agabus bipustulatus (L.)<br />

Agabus chalconatus (Panz).<br />

Agabus labiatus (Br).<br />

Agabus sturmii (Gyll).


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Dytiscus marginalis (L).<br />

Gyrinus natator Limme.<br />

Hydroporus umbrosus (Gyll).<br />

Hydroporus gylenhallii<br />

Hydroporus palustris (L).<br />

Hydroporus pubescens Gyll.<br />

Hydroporus obscurus Strm.<br />

Haliplus ruficollis Deg.<br />

Haliplus fulvus F.<br />

Helophorus brevipaipus<br />

Helophorus aequalis Thorns.<br />

Helophorus minutus F.<br />

Helophorus walker<br />

Helophorus minutus F<br />

Limnebius truncatellus Thunb.<br />

Oreodytes rivalis Gyll.<br />

Rhantus bistriatus Berg.<br />

Diptera Chironomidae sp,<br />

Phalocrocera replicata L.<br />

Chaoborus sp.<br />

Hymenoptera Polynema sp.<br />

Arachnida<br />

Hydracarina Arrenurus buccinator (Mull).<br />

Arrenurus membranator (Thor).<br />

Limnesia koenikei Piers<br />

Limnesia undulata (Mull).<br />

Lebertia porosa Thor<br />

Oxus plantaris<br />

Piona coccinea (Koch).<br />

Pionopsis lutescens (Herm)<br />

Pionacercus leukartii (Piers).<br />

APPENDIX 2<br />

A list of diatoms and desmids identified by Mrs. M. Bradshaw and Dr. B. Whitton<br />

Diatoms: Nirzchia palea Synedra ovata<br />

Navicula avenacea Synedra ulna<br />

Achnanthes lanceolata Navicula cryptocephala Synedra vaucheriae<br />

Amphora ovalis Navicula subminiscula Tabellaria flocculosa<br />

Ceratoneis arcus Pinnularia borealis<br />

Cocconeis placentula Pinnularia divergentissim Desmids:<br />

Cymbella ventricosa Pinnularia globiceps<br />

Diatoma vulgare var. krookei Closterium sp.<br />

Eunotia diodon Pinnularia viridis Cosmarium sp.<br />

Gomphonema olivaceum Rhiocosphenia curvata Spondylosium spp.<br />

Gomphonema parvulum Stauroneis anceps Ophiocytium majus<br />

Meridion circulare<br />

50


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

PLEUROCLADIA LACUSTRIS A. BRAUN (PHAEOPHYTA) _ A NEW BRITISH RECORD.<br />

S. M. KIRKBY 1 , D. J. HIBBERD 2 and B. A. WHITTON 1 .<br />

1 Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City.<br />

2 Culture Centre of Algae and Protozoa, 36, Storey's Way, Cambridge, CB3 0DT.<br />

51<br />

<strong>The</strong> great majority of species of brown algae are found either in marine or brackish habitats.<br />

Nevertheless, there are a few freshwater forms, and In view of their apparent rarity, these have always been of<br />

considerable interest to algologists. <strong>The</strong> present note describes what we believe to be the first record of<br />

Pleurocladia lacustris A. Braun in Britain.<br />

Bourrelly's (1968) flora lists four genera of brown algae represented in fresh- waters: Bodanella,<br />

Pleurocladia, Heribaudiella, Lithoderma. Among these the forms included by various authors under either<br />

Heribaudiella or Lithoderma are certainly very similar, if not identical. (see Harnel, 1931-9). Bodanella is<br />

monospecific (Bourrelly, 1968), while the various forms of Pleurocladia have also sometimes been regarded as a<br />

single species (Wilce,1966). <strong>The</strong> known species of freshwater brown algae therefore fall into three distinct groups,<br />

including very few (possibly only three) species. In Britain, Lithoderma fluviatile Aresch. (= Heribaudiella<br />

(Aresch.) Svedelius) has been recorded from several rivers in North Devon (Fritsch, 1929), but there are<br />

apparently no records for either Bodanella or, prior to this, for Pleurocladia,<br />

HABITAT<br />

Description of site<br />

<strong>The</strong> alga was found (by S. M. K.) in the larger of the two main ponds at Brasside, County Durham<br />

(National Grid reference NZ 292454, altitude 60m).<br />

<strong>The</strong> ponds at Brasside have arisen as the result of extensive excavations into the laminated clays of<br />

the old submerged valley of the River Wear (Maling, 1955). <strong>The</strong>re has probably been, some open water in the area<br />

for fifty years, with fish stocking having been carried out for at least half that time. Part of the area near the large<br />

pond was used in the 1950's by British Rail and the War Department as a dump, while until recently many old<br />

bottles and tins were evident on the floor of the small pond. <strong>The</strong> ponds have reached their present general form<br />

only within the last twenty years, the final major change taking place in 1966 when the Smaller pond became<br />

connected with the larger one, thus slightly raising the level of the water in the latter. <strong>The</strong>re is a small outlet stream<br />

from the large pond running into the River Wear.<br />

Water Chemistry<br />

Analysis of water collected from the vicinity of the Pleurocladia on 11 September <strong>1972</strong>, and<br />

treated by the methods given in Holmes et al. (<strong>1972</strong>), gave the following results:<br />

Na 28.3 mg/l Al


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

52<br />

Associated species<br />

Thalli of Pleurocadia were found to be frequently attached to rotting leaves of Typha latifolia L. at<br />

one site during September and early October <strong>1972</strong>. Other algal epiphytes with conspicuous thalli on such leaves<br />

were: Chaetophora pisiformis (Roth) C.A. Ag. (abundant), Coleochaete scutata de Bréb. (occasional),<br />

Gloeotrichia pisum (C. A. Ag.) Thuret (rare). Leaves which were dead, but not yet rotting, did not show any<br />

obvious Pleurocladia thalli, although colonies of Chaetophora were usually evident. Inspection of rotting leaves<br />

of Typha from other parts of this and the adjacent pond did not reveal any other sites with Pleurocladia. This<br />

particular site is also the only one for which Gloeotrichia has so far been recorded from this pond.<br />

Typha laltifolia grows at this site in shallow water overlying the black mud, together with<br />

Myriophyllum spicatum L. and Potamogeton pctinatus L. and with Enteromorpha flexuosa (Wulfen ex Rdh.) J.<br />

Ag. frequent in summer and autumn at the surface of the pond. Colonies of Gloeotrichia pisum. and Chaetophora<br />

pisiformis have been recorded here in late summer as epiphytes on the fine-leaved flowering plants since 1965.<br />

However leave, of Typha have not been inspected previously, so it is not known whether Pleurocladia was also<br />

present.<br />

Fig. 1. Two thalli of Pleurocladia on a rotting Typha leaf. Magnification x 140.<br />

DESCRIPTION OF ALGA<br />

<strong>The</strong> material from Brasside pond corresponded well with descriptions in the literature such as those given by<br />

Pascher (1925), Waern (1952) and Wilce (1966). <strong>The</strong> excellent series of diagrams shown by Wilce would in<br />

general be equally applicable to the Brasside material. However, unlike the marine populations of


53<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Wilce or the brackish one of Waern but like the majority of previous freshwater records the Brasside material<br />

showed marked calcification in old thalli. Associated with this calcification, old thalli appeared a pale golden<br />

brown to the naked eye, in contrast to the rather deeper brown shown by young thalli.<br />

<strong>The</strong> alga formed thalli up to 3 mm diameter. on the rotting leaves (Fig. 1) though they were usually<br />

somewhat smaller. <strong>The</strong> thickness of old thalli, excluding any hairs, was 200-300 mm. <strong>The</strong> hairs however. which<br />

were most evident on thalli of intermediate age, often exceeded twice this length. Although thalli were scattered<br />

over most of the surfaces of rotting leaves, some tendency to aggregation was usually apparent, suggesting that<br />

secondary colonization may play a role in its spread on the leaf.<br />

Fig. 2. Part of a young thallus, including base of a hair. Magnification x 400<br />

<strong>The</strong> filaments of Brasside material were mostly 10-16 µm wide, while ripe Sporangia were 18-24<br />

µm and 28-38 µm long (Fig. 2, 3). <strong>The</strong> dimensions of both filaments and sporangia thus lie in about the middle of<br />

the ranges given by other authors and summarized by Wilce (1966). Filaments of old calcified thalli were<br />

markedly wider than those of young ones (means of 15 and 11 µm, respectively). One slight difference from the<br />

material described by Wilce is that the Brasside alga never showed such marked indentation at the cross-walls of<br />

the filaments. <strong>The</strong> hairs (Fig. 3C) in particular. never showed the articulated appearance illustrated by Wilce,


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

54


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

Fig. 3 Pleurocladia lacustris<br />

55<br />

A. Part of a very young thallus.<br />

B. Appearance of the pseudoparenchymatous basal filaments in vertical view.<br />

C. Part of a relatively young thallus showing the development of vacuoles in the ·cells of the basal<br />

regions of long hairs (H).<br />

D. Detached vertical filaments showing the mode of branching, a sporangium (S) and the proximal<br />

part of a hair (H).<br />

E. Branched vertical filament bearing a sporangium sheathed by a "husk," the wall of an old<br />

discharged sporangium.<br />

F. Part of a very old thallus. <strong>The</strong> outer limit of calcification (X-X) approximately corresponds with<br />

distal ends of the second tier of cells; the basal tier is much more heavily calcified than .the second<br />

one, and the cell outlines are therefore distinguishable only with difficulty.<br />

<strong>The</strong> pattern of calcification shown by the Pleurocladia thalli from Brasside was striking. Young thalli quite lacked<br />

any calcification, while in old ones the parts of the filaments furthest from the leaf surface were also quite free<br />

(Fig.2). <strong>The</strong> calcification in the lower parts of the thallus occurred in distinct layers parallel to the surface. Old<br />

thalli typically showed two such layers, but occasionally three were present. Each layer corresponded<br />

approximately (but not exactly) with a layer of cells. <strong>The</strong> innermost layer was much more heavily calcified than<br />

the outer one(s).<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

<strong>The</strong> known world wide distribution of Pleurocladia lacustris has been summarized by Wilce (1966). <strong>The</strong>re are<br />

about two dozen sites for which it is known, and about half of these are freshwater. However, as WiIce points out,<br />

the plants are small and easily overlooked, so it is uncertain just how rare it really is. Of the freshwater forms, it<br />

would seem likely to prove the most useful for culture and general research purposes, so it is hoped that botanists<br />

will be on the look- out for this plant at other likely sites. Several features of its occurrence at Brasside resemble<br />

features described for other sites, so we can start to build up a picture of the type of site where it would seem<br />

particularly promising to look for this plant.<br />

Like the Brasside pond, the Baltic sites described by Waern (1962) are associated with shallow eutrophic lakes in<br />

clay districts. On the other hand, there seems to be no marked tendency for the plant to grow as an epiphyte on<br />

particular species, as a range of host plants have been quoted. Most, however, are monocotyledons with wide<br />

leaves, Phragmites being quoted most frequently. Most, if not all, the freshwater records are from calcareous<br />

waters. <strong>The</strong>re are obvious floristic similarities between the other plants present at the Brasside pond and those<br />

reported from the other sites. One minor one is the association with Rivulariaceae at Brasside (Gloeotrichia<br />

pisum) and at least four other sites in the literature. J. B. Petersen in Wesenberg-Lund (1917) described a<br />

freshwater popu!ation from Lake Furese on stones together with Rivularia. Both Israelsson (1938, In Lake Erken,<br />

Sweden) and Pankow et al. (1971, in Saaler Bodden, D.D.R.) report Pleurocladia, Rivularia and Gloeotrichia<br />

pisum. as all occurring on Phragmites, while, Wilce mentioned that in the marine population growing on a<br />

limestone shore the belt of Pleurocladia sometimes merged with the Calothrix belt.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Bourrelly, P. (1968): Les Algues d'Eau Douce. Tome II: Les Algues jaunes et brunes. Chrysophycées,<br />

Phéophycées, Xanthophycées et Diatomées 438 pp. . N. Boubée & Cie, Paris.<br />

Fritsch, F. E. (1929): <strong>The</strong> encrusting algal communities of certain fast-flowing streams. New Phytol. 28; 165-196,


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

56<br />

Hamel, G. (1931-9): Phéophycées de France. 432 pp. Paris.<br />

Holmes, N. T. H., L1oyd, E.J.H., Potts, M. and Whitton, B. A. (<strong>1972</strong>): Plants of the River Tyne. <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong><br />

Vol. 57: 56-78.<br />

Israelsson, G. (1938): Uber die Süsswasserphaeophyceén Schwedens. Bot. Not.: 113-128.<br />

Klebahn, H. (1895): Beobachtungen über Pleurocladia lacuslris A. Br. Ber. dt, bot. Ges. 8: 93-106.<br />

Maling, D. H. (1955): <strong>The</strong> Geomorphology of the Wear Valley. Ph.D <strong>The</strong>sis University of Durham.<br />

Pankow, H., Festerling, E. and Festerling, H. (1971): Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Algenflora der mecklenburgischen<br />

Kuste (südliche Ostsee : Lubecker- Bucht- Darss). Int. rev. ges. Hydrobiol. 56: 241 -263.<br />

Pascher, A. (1925): Phaeophyta (Phaeophyceae). Süsswasseflora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz, 2:<br />

119-133. Gustav Fischer, Jena.<br />

Waern, M. (1952): Rocky-shore Algae in the Oregrund Archipelago. Acta Phytageog, Suecica 30: 129- 136.<br />

Wesenberg-Lund, C. (1917): Furesøstudier. D. Kongel. Dank e Vid. Selsk. Skr. Nat, - Mathem. sect., Ser, 8.3.<br />

Københaven, Denmark.<br />

Wilce, R. T. (1966): Pleuorocladia lacustris in Arctic America J. Phycol, 2: 57-66.<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

We are most grateful to Mr. G. Whitfield, the owner of the pond, for permission to visit the site, to Dr. J. C.<br />

Coulson, Mr. M. J. Hudson and Mr. J. Richardson for historical information concerning Brasside ponds, and to<br />

Mrs. J. A. Moore for confirming that no material of this alga (freshwater or marine) from Britain, has been<br />

previously deposited at the British Museum (Natural History).<br />

AVAILABILITY OF MATERIAL<br />

It is suggested that anyone wishing to visit the large pond at Brasside for research purposes should first contact<br />

one of the authors at the Department of Botany, Durham University. Material from this site will be deposited in<br />

the Herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History).<br />

PLANTS OF THE RIVER TYNE AND FUTURE WATER TRANSFER SCHEME<br />

N. T. H. HOLMES, E. J. H. LLOYD, M. POTTS and B. A. WHITTON<br />

Department of Botany, University of Durham, Durham City<br />

Few rivers in Britain have been studied in sufficient detail for the effects on their vegetation of any future changes<br />

in management either to be forecast or monitored as they occur. Nevertheless inspection by the authors of various<br />

rivers in South-East Scotland and North-East England has shown that there are sometimes considerable floristic<br />

differences when passing from one river to the next. So any future changes in management, such as the mixing of<br />

different river waters, may well be expected to bring about floristic changes in the rivers cocerned.<br />

It is at present far from clear to what extent these floristic differences occurr-ing between rivers in<br />

the region, or on passing down individual ones, are associated with differences in physical, chemical or historical<br />

factors. <strong>The</strong> changes in macrophyte flora on passing down the Wear (Whitton & Buckmaster, 1970) are certainly<br />

in part due to decreased flow rates and associated changes in the sub- stratum. Nevertheless the entry of the<br />

Skerne into the Tees, which causes a marked chemical, but little physical, change in the latter river, brings about a


57<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

dramatic change in the macrophyte vegetation (Butcher et al., 1937; Whitton & Dalpra 1968). <strong>The</strong> Influence of<br />

the past history of a river on its vegetation is difficult to determine without accurate surveys at long time intervals.<br />

However, obvious changes certainly can take place. For instance, since the survey of the Wearr in 1966 (Whitton<br />

& Buckmaster, 1970), there has been an apparent invasion and certainly a very marked spread, of Ranunculus<br />

penicillatus var. calcareus in some of the lower non-tidal reaches.<br />

<strong>The</strong> stretches of the N. Tyne and Tyne described here have not undergone any obvious major<br />

change in recent years, such as has occurred in the Wear associated with the reduction of the coal industry. <strong>The</strong><br />

present paper describes some aspects of the present vegetation of the North Tyne and Tyne, and considers the<br />

possible influence the building of a Kielder Water regulatory reservoir might have on these. Some Implications of<br />

transporting water from these rivers to the Wear are also discussed.<br />

MATERIALS AND METHODS<br />

Water analysis<br />

Water from the river was immediately filtered through a No. 2 'Sinta' glass funnel into various types of container:<br />

for cations, Cl and Si into a 'Pyrex' glass bottle; for NH4-N, NO2-N and NO3-N into an untreated polythene bottle;<br />

for PO4-P into an idoized polythene bottle. <strong>The</strong> samples were stored prior to analysis at as Iow a temperature as<br />

possible without actually freezing them.<br />

Laboratory analytical methods were as follows .: Atomic absorption spectrescopy (Perkin-Elmer 403) was used<br />

for all cations. Methods recommended by the American Public Health Association (1971) were used for: Si<br />

(hetero-poly blue); Cl (argentometric titration); NH4-N (distillation and nesslerization); PO4-P (stannous chloride).<br />

<strong>The</strong> method of Crosby (1967) was used for N02-N and of Hammond (1959) for NO3-N.<br />

Survey of plants<br />

<strong>The</strong> basic survey was carried out by recording the presence or absence of macrophytic species<br />

along 0.5 km lengths of river, as described for the Wear by Whitton and Buckrnaster (1970). <strong>The</strong> range of species<br />

included here was however greater than was used for the Wear.<br />

It is now clear to the authors that a reliable and reproducible survey of aquatic plants requires both<br />

considerable time and much previous field experience. <strong>The</strong> account for the Wear was certainly an underestimate<br />

of the species of bryophyte present in the upper stretch. Records of flowering; plants in rivers of N.E. England<br />

given in the Atlas of the British Flora are also a marked underestimate. <strong>The</strong> data presented here for at least the<br />

larger species in the N. Tyne are probably as reliable as can be obtained without some very intensive mapping<br />

scheme, but those for the Tyne are probably a slight underestimate. Details of the reliability of particular<br />

observations are included with the results.<br />

Distances along rivers<br />

All sites along the rivers are referred to as distances following the main current from fixed reference points.<br />

Distances in the Tyne are measured downstream from the junction of the N. Tyne and S. Tyne and in the Wear<br />

from the confluence of Killhope, Burn and Burnhops Burn. Sites along tributaries. of these main fivers are<br />

referred to as distances upstream from these reference points. Thus downstream sites on the N. Tyne have low<br />

values. A single value (e.g. km 7.4) in either the main river or a tributary, refers either to a particular site, or to<br />

anywhere between km 7.4 and 7.5. Km 7.0/7.5 indicates all relevant data from that particular 0.5 km length of<br />

main river, while 7.5/7.0 is used in the case of a tributary. Full records of the km location of sites are held at<br />

Durham University; the following are a few examples.<br />

N. Tyne Barrasford Ferry, km -9.4; Chollerford roundabout, km -5/7.<br />

Tyne Hexham Bridge, 2.8; Corbridge Bridge, 9.1, Bywell Bridge 17.7; Ovingham Bridge, 21.9; Wylarn Bridge,<br />

25.8, Ryton Ferry, 29.6


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

58<br />

Fig. 1A Map of the River North Tyne and non-tidal reaches of the River Tyne showing main tributaries, distances<br />

along flow, important (<strong>1972</strong>) sewage effluents (indicated by arrows), and site of projected Kielder Water<br />

reservoir.<br />

Fig. 1B (insert) Schematic map summarizing projected water transfer scheme.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

59<br />

GEOGRAPHICAL BACKGROUND<br />

<strong>The</strong> following notes are intended only as a brief introduction to the Tyne and its tributaries and to some of the<br />

more easily available literature about the region. <strong>The</strong> best starting point for anyone interested In the rivers is the<br />

1971 Annual report of the Northumbrian River Authority. (N.R.A.).<br />

<strong>The</strong> Tyne is formed by the junction of two relatively long and very roughly equal tributaries, the<br />

N. Tyne and S. Tyne. It then runs about 58 km before entry into the North Sea. It is tidal up to km 28 (from<br />

junction of tributaries). <strong>The</strong> present survey was carried downstream as far as km 30, which corresponds roughly<br />

with the lower limit given by the N.R.A. (1971) to the river as chemical class 1 (clean). Below this the river<br />

changes rapidly through classes 2 and 3 to 4 (grossly polluted), just above the entry of the Derwent (km 36.3).<br />

<strong>The</strong> long term average rainfall of the Tyne and its tributaries is 973.8 mm (N R A 1971), slightly higher than for<br />

either the Wear or the Tees. In the extreme upland parts of the catchment area it probably approaches twice this<br />

value (for instance, see Smith, 1970). Like both the Wear and the Tees, the North Tyne, Tyne and S. Tyne are<br />

subject to very marked changes in volume of flow, and these changes can sometimes be very rapid. At the Tyne<br />

gauging station (Bywell: km 24.0), the average flow for 1966/70 was. 38.19 cumecs, while flows on individual<br />

days during 1969/70 alone ranged from 3.31 to 729 cumecs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> length of N. Tyne dealt with in Table II is mostly fast-flowing, with variable substrate ranging<br />

from sheets of rock through boulders to gravel and sand and locally, even mud. <strong>The</strong> rate of flow in the Tyne is<br />

mostly considerably slower, as indicated by the fall in height of the river in successive 10 km lengths (Fig. 2). A<br />

simple guide to the geology of the whole region is given by Hickling and Robertson (1949), while useful<br />

references are included In Johnson (1970).<br />

Among effluents influencing the chemistry of the N. Tyne are discharges from the Forestry<br />

Commission above Bellingharn, effluents mostly derived from treatment of domestic sewage at Bellingham and<br />

Wark and several minor effluents in the lowest most 10 km summarized in the account of Leptodictyum riparium<br />

(see below). Large sewage works effluents entering the Tyne include Hexham (km 4.1), Broomhaugh (from<br />

Corbridge and Riding Mill: km 14.6) and Prudhoe (km 22.6).<br />

<strong>The</strong> projected scheme for the Kielder Water reservoir on the N. Tyne includes both regulation of<br />

flows in the N. Tyne and Tyne and abstraction of water from the Tyne at about km 13.9. This water would be<br />

transferred southwards part entering the Wear under low-flow conditions at about km 17.6, and part entering the<br />

Tees (FIg. 1B). Even if this water transfer scheme does take place it is still uncertain whether it will also include<br />

the Yorkshire Ouse.<br />

RESULTS: WATER CHEMISTRY<br />

<strong>The</strong> data available on the water chemistry of the N. Tyne, S. Tyne, Tyne and Wear are now considerable, but too<br />

fragmentary for rigorous review or prediction of the effects of mixing. <strong>The</strong> account below consists of a summary<br />

of the types of data available, followed by simple comments on obvious features of the present chemistry,<br />

including comparison of the Tyne and Wear at the probable sites of abstraction and inflow (Fig. 1 B).<br />

Data available on non-tidal stretches of the N. Tyne, S. Tyne and Tyne<br />

1.Analyses carried out on N. Tyne (km -18.0) and Tyne (km 9.0) on four occasions during <strong>1972</strong> with low flow:<br />

Saturday 15 April, Sunday 14 May, Sunday 25 June, Monday 4 September. For: optical density at 420 nrn,<br />

conductivity, pH, Na, K, Mg, Ca, Zn, Cu, Mn, Fe, AI, Pb, Cl, Si.<br />

2.Analyses carried out on N. Tyne (km -12.6, km -0.2), S. Tyne (km -0.3) and Tyne (km 0.2, 2.5, 9.0,<br />

18.7,24.3,25.9,29.0) on Monday 4 September and Sunday 17 September. For: optical density at 420 nm,<br />

conductivity, pH, Na. K, Mg, Ca, Zn, Cu, Mn, Fe, AI, Pb, Co, Ni, Cl, Si, PO4-P, NH,-N, N02-N, NO3-N.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

60<br />

3.Analyses reported in Northumbrian River Authority annual reports On N. Tyne (Chollerford Bridge =km -5.7),<br />

S. Tyne (Warden Bridge == km 0,7), Tyne . (Hexham =2.8, Wylam = km 25.8) at monthly intervals and for pH, total<br />

Solids, hardness, Cl, NH4-N, N02-N, N03-N, B.O.D.<br />

4. Various unpublished data held at Durham University.<br />

Data available on non-tidal stretches of Wear and tributaries<br />

Analyses carried out on similar dates and for same elements as in (1) above for many tributaries of Wear.<br />

Data reported by Snow and Whitton (1971).<br />

Analyses reported in Northumbrian River Authority annual reports on Wear (West Mills Dam=km 41.9,<br />

Willington = km 51.0, Sunderland Bridge = km 58.3, Shincliffe == km 65.5, Cocken Bridge == km 80.7, Lamb<br />

Bridge = km 92.1) and 8 tributary sites at monthly intervals, for pH, total solids, hardness, Cl, PO4,-P, NH4-N,<br />

N02-N, N03-N, B.O.D.<br />

Unpublished data held at Durham University and by Sunderland and South Shields Water Co., mostly concerning<br />

km 58.3 to km 90.0.<br />

Summary and interpretation of data<br />

<strong>The</strong> results of the main survey (17 September <strong>1972</strong>) are given in full in Table I, together with three representatives<br />

results from that of 4 September <strong>1972</strong>, and the mean values from the four surveys under low flow conditions (see<br />

above).<br />

From the various results available, it is suggested that the main survey gives a fairly representative picture of the<br />

chemistry of the rivers under low flow conditions, with the exceptions that the levels of K were rather high and<br />

those of inorganic combined nitrogen very low. Both the values found on the 4 September survey and those given<br />

by the Northumbrian River Authority indicate that levels of NH4-N and N03-N arc very variable. <strong>The</strong> levels of<br />

NH4-N recorded on 4 September are higher than any recorded during River Authority surveys.<br />

From all the various results available, it is also possible to compare the present chemistry of the Tyne above the<br />

probable abstraction site with that of the Wear at the inflow site. <strong>The</strong> two waters do in fact appear rather similar.<br />

Under low flow conditions the Tyne typically has the following characteristics in comparison with the Wear (the<br />

observations concerning combined nitrogen levels should in particular be treated only as tentative):<br />

similar conductivity, O.D.420, pH, Na, K, Ca, Cu, Fe, Si, N02-N, N03-N.<br />

slightly greater Mg, AI, Cl, PO4-P, NH4-N.<br />

slightly less Mn.<br />

much less Zn, Pb,<br />

It is of course much more difficult to predict what the chemistry of the Tyne might be when its flow includes<br />

regulatory water from a Kielder Water reservoir. Under otherwise low flow conditions of the Tyne, the reservoir<br />

water might be expected to lead to a higher O.D-420 value and possibly also at times Iow Si values, should<br />

planktonic diatom populations develop. Further, the regulatory water would lead to dilution of elements primarily<br />

derived from sewage outflows, in particular PO4-P. <strong>The</strong> biological implications of the mixing of these waters are<br />

discussed later.<br />

RESULTS - PLANT SURVEY<br />

<strong>The</strong> following surveys were carried out:<br />

1.Very thorough survey of N. Tyne in September <strong>1972</strong>, Summarized in Table II.<br />

2.Preliminary survey of the Tyne in July 1970.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

61


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

62


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

63


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

64


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

65


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

66<br />

3.Survey of the Tyne in August-September <strong>1972</strong>. Some indication of the representation of each plant per 10 km<br />

length is given In Fig. 3; the detailed records for each 0.5 km length is given in Fig. 3; the detailed records for 0.5<br />

km lengths are held by the authors.<br />

Further information concerning each plant is summarized below in the following format:<br />

i. Taxonomic and morphological notes.<br />

ii. Behaviour in N. Tyne (in September <strong>1972</strong>).<br />

iii. Behaviour in Tyne (in September <strong>1972</strong>, unless stated otherwise).<br />

iv. Comparative observations in other rivers.<br />

<strong>The</strong> numbers associated with each species refer to Durham computer records.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

67


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

68


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

69


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

70<br />

ALGAE<br />

54 Nostoc sp.<br />

(i) Provisionally referred to N. verrucosum Vauch., and morphologically showing some resemblance to smaller<br />

colonies of Collema sp. (see below), but lacking fungal hyphae.<br />

(ii) Rare: on rocks usually permanently submerged, in moderate flows.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

Phormidium spp. Forming extensive black slimy mats, especially on rocks in slow-flowing reaches, but also<br />

sometimes smothering flowering plants like Elodea,<br />

(ii) <strong>The</strong> data given in Table II refer only to macroscopically very obvious coverings of blue-green alga.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

108 Hildenbrandia rivularis (Liebrn.) J. Ag.<br />

(ii) Occasional, mostly in shaded reaches in medium to moderately fast flows; on rocks, and once also on a piece<br />

of china.<br />

(iii) Occasional, but rather less common than in the N. Tyne, and probably absent further downstream. .<br />

'.<br />

109 Lemanea fluviatilis (L.) Ag.<br />

(ii) As the season of survey was the one when this alga is least evident data given in Table II are no doubt a<br />

marked underestimate. It is probably present in late winter in all fast-flowing stretches on more or less<br />

permanently submerged, rock slabs and boulders.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

118 Chantransia.<br />

(i) Brown tufts of filamentous chantransia were probably mostly Rhodocorton violaceum Kütz. but may also have<br />

included some Lemanea fluviatilis.<br />

(ii) Occasional, on rocks or, more commonly, on the stems of Eurrhynchium riparioides, in very fast-flowing<br />

stretches.<br />

(iii) Occasional, in similar habitats as in N. Tyne.<br />

174 Vaucheria sessilis Vauch.<br />

(ii) Occasional, locally frequent.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

264 Cladophora glomerata<br />

(ii) Frequent, locally abundant in fast flowing stretches: in slow stretches rare, often covered in epiphytic diatoms.<br />

(iii) Frequent.<br />

Oedogonium sp(p).<br />

(ii) Macroscopically obvious growths frequent, either attached or loose.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

324 Tetraspora lubrica (Roth.) C. Ag.<br />

(ii) Occasional, absent from very fast-flowing stretches.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

Spirogyra sp(p).<br />

(ii) Macroscopically obvious growths, mostly not attached.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

LICHENS<br />

427 Collema sp.<br />

(i) Young plants somewhat resemble Nostoc verrucosum (see above); older ones form large circular colonies<br />

reaching 130 mm diameter.<br />

(ii) Occasional, locally abundant; on upper rock surfaces which are relatively shallow in the water, but<br />

nevertheless nearly always submerged.<br />

440 Verrucaria sp(p).<br />

(ii) Frequent.<br />

(iii) Occasional.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

71<br />

HETEROTROPHS<br />

"sewage-fungus."<br />

(ii) Found only below outflow at km -2.7.<br />

(iii) Found In small amounts below several outflows.<br />

BRYOPHYTES<br />

471 Acrocladium cIuspidatum (Hedw.) Lindb.<br />

(ii) Foundd on the banks at levels subject to only periodic submergence. Growing at the bases of higher plants,<br />

together with other bryophytes. such as Bryum pseudotriquetrum, Conocephalum conicum, Gratonueron filicinum<br />

and Marchantia polymorpha.<br />

iii) Rather similar to (ii),. although less common.<br />

573 Amphidium mougeotii (B. & S.) Schirnp,<br />

ii) <strong>The</strong> sites were all rather similar: wet rocks below waterfalls in fast-flowing stretches Forming tight cushions,<br />

with adjacent species typically including Barbula recurvirostra. Cinclidotus fontinaloides, Dichodontium<br />

peIIucidum, Grimmia alpicola.<br />

(iii) Absent.<br />

477 Barbula recurvirostra (Hedw.) Dix.<br />

(ii) In soil filled crevices In large boulders at the 2 stretches where present.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

481 Brachythecium plumosum (Hedw.) B. S. & G.<br />

(ii) Forming dense mats on boulders only occasionally submerged, and absent from levels permanently<br />

submerged, also present near high water level on loose sand. Not only more records than for B. rivulare, but when<br />

present together relatively more abundant (especially in km -9.5/9.0).<br />

482 Brachythecium rivulare B. S. & G.<br />

(ii) Usually on sand and pebbles at the sides of the river rather than on boulders nearer the middle.<br />

(iii) Common at the edge of the river. <strong>The</strong> differences in the relative development of B. plumosum and B. rivulare<br />

in the Tyne as compared with the N. Tyne are probable associated with the relatively greater areas of sand and<br />

shingle at the sides of the Tyne.<br />

484 Bryum pallens Swartz.<br />

(i) Easily confused in the field with B. pseudotriquetrum in most cases, however, it can be distinguished by its<br />

reddish tint and slightly smaller size.<br />

(ii) wet rock detritus at the sides of the river.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

485 Bryum pseudotriquetrum (Hedw.) Schwaegr.<br />

(i) See notes for B. pallens,<br />

(ii) Somewhat more common than B. pallens, growing on moist sandy shingle at the edge of the river, sometimes<br />

together with Brachythecium rivulare.<br />

(iii) Frequently associated with Brachythecium rivulare, but decreasing in abundance on passing downstream<br />

more rapidly than the latter.<br />

493 Chiloscyphus polyanthos (L.) Corda.<br />

(ii) Frequent .on the banks, often forming large areas of light green colouration; typically growing around tree<br />

roots on very loose loamy soil, rather than on clay.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

495 Cinclidotus fontinaloides (Hedw.) P. Beauv.<br />

(ii) Almost restricted to levels subject to periodic desiccation although tolerant of strong currents when submerged;<br />

especially abundant on the upper surfaces of large boulders In the middle of the river, but well exposed at low flows.<br />

Sometimes found with the much less frequent Grimmia alpicola. the only other species associated especially with this<br />

particular microhabitat.<br />

(iii) Much less common than In. N. Tyne, presumably due to having few protruding large rocks.<br />

496 Conocephalum conicum (L.) Underw,


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

72<br />

(ii) Frequent, on wet rocks and soil, especially heavy clay, with a preference for vertical shaded surfaces where it<br />

was sometimes the onlv bryophyte. Associated species were often Marchantia polymorpha in the somewhat<br />

better illuminated sites and Dichodontium pellucidum and Mnium hornurn in the more shaded ones.<br />

(iii) Occasional, as in N. Tyne.<br />

497 Cratoneuron commutatum (Hedw.) Roth.<br />

(ii) Present at only one site (km -6.7 by left bank) where a 30 m long wall of bryophytes is formed against a bank<br />

receiving constant trickles of water.<br />

499 Cratoneuron filicinum (Hedw.) Spruce.<br />

(ii) Usually on sandy gravel at the edge of the river, rarely on a boulder; also at levels only infrequently submerged.<br />

(iii) Frequent; in similar habitats to those in N. Tyne.<br />

570 Dichodontium pellucidum (Hedw.) Schirnp.<br />

(i) As is generally found with this species, material was very variable, ranging from the typical form to ones<br />

corresponding to, var, flavescens (Turn.) C. Jens., the latter being the more common.<br />

(ii) <strong>The</strong> type was occasional on rocks and soil; while var flavescens was frequent on rock; the former was usually<br />

mixed with other species, while the latter formed almost monospecific cushions.<br />

(iii) Present, but probably less frequent than in the N. Tyne, especially in the case of var. flavescens.<br />

510 Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.) Rich.<br />

(ii) Often abundant, especially at sites where the flow was fastest; in km -7.0-6.0, where the river is deep and<br />

relatively slow-flowing, the moss was represented only by occasional, very small, plants, mostly growing on the<br />

few small boulders at the edge of the river:<br />

(iii) Abundant wherever rock sheets and boulders are submerged for the majority, of the time, and especially,<br />

fast-flowing stretches.<br />

511 Fissidens adianthoides Hedw.<br />

(ii) Occasional, mostly On damp soil at the edge of the river, though sometimes also on submerged rocks.<br />

(iii) Rare.<br />

512 Fissidens crassipes Wils: ex B. S & G.<br />

(i) some material from the N. Tyne approached F. rufulus B, & S. in certain features: reddish colour, small cell<br />

size.<br />

(ii) Locally frequent, always on rock, never on soil, not overlying a boulder; submerged except during periods of<br />

exceptionally low flow; the micro-habitats where it occurred in greatest abundance were the vertical faces of<br />

boulders exposed to only a moderate current, and on large boulders in slow reaches carrying (temporarily) a thin<br />

layer of mud.<br />

(iii) Rather less frequent than in the N. Tyne.<br />

(iv) <strong>The</strong> combined distribution of this moss in N. Tyne and Tyne appears to contrast with that in the Wear where it<br />

was reported to be most abundant in the lower reaches (Whitton: & Buckmaster; J970).<br />

513 Fontinalis antipyretica Hedw. (Details of var. gracilis given separately).<br />

(ii) Frequent, locally abundant in. the slower flowing stretches; present in faster stretches, but never in rapids.<br />

Under optimum conditions, plants reached, 0.5 m long.<br />

(iii) Rather less abundant below the confluence with the S. Tyne than in the N. Tyne, but becoming as abundant as<br />

in the latter by about km 7.0:<br />

514 var. gracilis (Brid.) Brith.<br />

(i) This is a small, redd!sh black form (? subspecies) of F. antipyretica.<br />

(ii) Single plants found in each of two 0.5 km lengths, in both cases at very fast flowing sites.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

(iv) A record for this variety has now also been found in the Wear (Finchale, km 78.0, August <strong>1972</strong>.)<br />

515 Grimmia alpicola Hedw. var rivularis (Brid.) Broth.<br />

(ii) Occasional, locally abundant; in habitats rather similar to Cinclidotus fontinaloides, but usually slightly<br />

higher up.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

73<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

520 Hygroamblystegium fluviatile (Hedw.) B, S. & G,<br />

(ii) Frequent, both on sandy areas at the edge of the river only submerged intermittently and on rocks usualIy or<br />

permanently submerged In the main current; it was nevertheless absent from rocks subject to the most rapid<br />

currents, and generally present at a level higher than that most favoured by Eurhynchium riparioides.<br />

(iii) Very abundant, probably more so than any other bryophyte.<br />

522 Hygrohypnum luridum (Hedw.) Jenn.<br />

ii) Most frequent in fast-flowing stretches, on rocks, and quite absent from km -6.5/6.0 where the river is deep and<br />

slow-flowing. Usually submerged, but tending to grow at a level just above that most favoured by Eurhynchinm<br />

riparioides,<br />

(iii) Occasional much less common than in the N. Tyne.<br />

(iv) This species, not reported by Whitton and Buckmaster (1970), is in fact frequent in the upper stretches of the<br />

Wear.<br />

574 Hygrohypnum ochraceurn (Turn. ex. Wils.) Loeske.<br />

(ii) Rare, much less common than H. luridum, and much more restricted to rapids.<br />

iii) No records.<br />

(iv) No records for Wear, but present in several tributaries; for instance, it is locally abundant In the lower<br />

stretches of Rookhope Burn.<br />

526 Leotodictyum riparium (Hedw.) Loeske.<br />

(ii) Present only below certain sewage outflows at km -7.4 for about 75m below small stream entering on right;<br />

at km -7.2, for about 75m below entry of Evring Burn; at km -2.7, for 25m below sewage outflow entering on<br />

left; at km 0.3, near left bank.<br />

(iii) Frequent, especially below Prudhoe sewage outflow (km 22.6); usually at level subject only to intermittent<br />

submergence, though sometimes growing at permanently submerged level.<br />

529 Marchantia polyrnorpha L.<br />

(ii) Frequent on moist soil on banks just below and above high water level, often associated with Lunularia<br />

cruciata.<br />

(iii) Abundant.<br />

533 Mnium longirostrum Brid.<br />

(i) Often difficult in field to separate from young M. punctatum,<br />

(ii) Occasional, in shaded areas near upper river level, on sand lying between boulders.<br />

(iii) As in N. Tyne.<br />

542 Pellia endiviifolia Dicks,<br />

(ii) Frequent: much more common than P. epiphylla, which, when present, often grows associated with the P.<br />

endiviifolia.<br />

(Ill) Frequent as in N. Tyne.<br />

543 P. epiphylla (L.) Corda.<br />

(ii) Occasional see above. Favoured especially heavy compacted soils and walls m shaded areas, usually growing<br />

together with small plants of Dicliodontium pellucidum<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

544 Philonotis calcarea (B. & S.) Schirnp.<br />

(ii) Km -7.0/6.5: on calcareous rock ledge, associated with Bryum pseudotriquetrum, Cratoneuron<br />

commutatum, C. filicinum and other bryophytes. Km -3.0/2.5. on a raised mound, associated with Bryum<br />

pseudotriquetrum.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

559 Scapania unduluta (L.) Dum<br />

(ii) Only single plants present for each of the two records; these were associated with sand sized particles<br />

In hollows on boulders above the water level at time of survey and presumably had been deposited there from<br />

upstream sites.<br />

9iii) No records .<br />

563 Solenostoma triste (Nees) K. Müll.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

74<br />

(ii) Occasional, on gravel and sand near the edge of the river, sometimes also forming straggly patches on damp<br />

rocks.<br />

(iii) Rare.<br />

566 Thamnium alopecurum (Hedw.) B., S. & G.<br />

(ii) Occasional; confined to vertical wet rocks, usually quite well shaded.<br />

(iii) Rare.<br />

567 Torlella tortuosa (Hedw.) f. Limpr.<br />

(i) Easily confused in the field with large growths of Dichodontium pellucidum var. flavescens. However the<br />

cushions of Tortella tortuosa were generally much denser, and the leaves slightly larger and more tightly packed<br />

together along the stem.<br />

(ii) Rare, forming small clusters on boulders near high water level.<br />

(iii) No records.<br />

ANGIOSPERMS<br />

606 Callitriche intermedia Hoffm. ssp, hamulata (Kutz.) Clapham.<br />

(ii) A single plant at km -8.7, rooted in a crack at right angles to flow between rock pavements. Not recorded for<br />

this region in the Atlas of the British Flora.<br />

(iii) No records, and almost certainly absent.<br />

608 C. stagnalis Scop,<br />

(ii) Rare.<br />

(iii) Occasional; locally common in slow, sandy, but fairly shallow stretches.<br />

613 Carex nigra (L.) Reichard.<br />

(ii) A single clump.<br />

(iii) Present at km 8.3, right bank.<br />

690 C. rostrata Stokes.<br />

(ii) Restricted to a slow-flowing, deep stretch between km -5.0 and km -3.0 where locally frequent.<br />

(iii) Similar habitat as in N. Tyne.<br />

(iv) Also present in Wear (e.g. km 54.0), though probably not anywhere upstream of projected site for inflow of<br />

Tyne water.<br />

617 Eleocharis palustris (L.) Roem. & Sehult.<br />

(ii) Rare.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

619 Elodea canadensis Michx.<br />

(ii) Occasional.<br />

(iii) Ocasional, though more common than in N. Tyne; restricted to slow-flowing, muddy reaches.<br />

620 Equisetum fluviatile L.<br />

(ii) Occasional.<br />

(iii) Occasional, but less common than N. Tyne.<br />

622 Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br.<br />

(ii) Occasional, mostly on a muddy substratum at mid and upper river level.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

686 Iris pseudacorus L.<br />

(ii) One plant, at km -9.6.<br />

(iii) One record, at km 8.1.<br />

687 Juncus acutiflorus Hoffm.<br />

(ii) Occasional, .in mud near the edge of the river, together with Equisetum fluviatile and Mentha aquatica.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

688 Mentha aquatica L.<br />

(ii) Occasional among either pebbles or fine silt.<br />

(iii) Occcasional.<br />

628 Mimilus guttatus DC.<br />

(ii) Occasional.<br />

(iii) Frequent.<br />

630 Myosotis palustrts L.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

75<br />

(ii) Frequent especially from km -8.5 to km -6.5.<br />

(iii) Frequent<br />

632 Myriophyllum alterniflorum L.<br />

(ii) Widespread, but usually represented by only a few plants. <strong>The</strong>re are no records for this plant in the North<br />

Tyne, in the Atlas of the British Flora, the only one for the Tyne system being in the South Tyne.<br />

(iii) A single unhealthy specimen at km 8.7<br />

689 Phalaris arundinacea L.<br />

(ii) Frequent.<br />

(iii) Frequent.<br />

638 P. berchtoldii Fleb.<br />

(ii) Not recorded during survey. However G. A. Swan (personal communication) colIected material (confirmed by J.<br />

E. Dandy) from the N. Tyne near Acornb on 3 September, <strong>1972</strong>.<br />

639 Potamogeton crispus L.<br />

(ii) Occasional: .locally frequent in km -6.0/5.5 and km -2.5/.2.0 near km -2.2 where the river is slow-flowing<br />

and deep, abundant and growing together with Elodea canadensis and Zannichellia palustris.<br />

(iii) Occasional, locally abundant.<br />

643 P natans L.<br />

(ii) Present only at -km 8.8 in a very slow-flowing reach with a substratum of black mud growing together with<br />

Callitricha stagnalis, Elodea canadensls, Myriophyllum altemiflorum and Potamogeton crispus.<br />

(iii) Locally abundant in slow-flowing reaches overlying black mud, especially by left bank km 8.0/9.0.<br />

644 P. x nitens Weber.<br />

(ii) Absent.<br />

(iii) Occasional. Locally abundant.<br />

649 P. pusillus L.<br />

(ii) Rare. <strong>The</strong>se are the first records of this species for the N. Tyne.<br />

(iii) A plant found in Tyne was referred provisionally to this species, but not confirmed by J. E. Dandy.<br />

654 Ranunculus hederaceus L.<br />

(ii) No records.<br />

(iii) A single plant at km 20.8, by left bank. Not recorded in the Atlas.<br />

658 R. penincillatus (Dumort.) Bab. var. calcareus (R. W. Butcher) C. D. K. Cook.<br />

(ii) 14 plants present in the whole 10 km stretch.<br />

(iii) Abundant.<br />

664 Rorippa nasturtium-aquaticum (L.) Hayek<br />

(ii) Occasional, on mud in shallow reaches.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

674 Sparganium erectum. L.<br />

(ii) Occasional.<br />

(iii) Occasional: less common than in N. Tyne.<br />

(iv) <strong>The</strong> rather sparse development of this species on the Tyne contrasts with its frequency in the mid to lower<br />

stretches of the Wear.<br />

680 Veronica beccabunga L.<br />

(ii) Occasional.<br />

(iii) Occasional.<br />

682 Zannichellia palustris L<br />

.(ii) Rare<br />

(iii) No records in <strong>1972</strong>.<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

Comparison with other rivers<br />

Some comparative observations have already been given with the individual species. A few plants have not so far<br />

been found which might possibly have been expected.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

76<br />

1. Heribaudiella fluviatilis (Aresch.) Sved. is frequent in some stretches of the R. Tweed and its tributaries, where<br />

substrate, flow conditions, and in at least one case water chemistry, would seem rather similar to that in the N.<br />

Tyne.<br />

2. From its known distribution in the Tweed and tributaries, Wear and Tees it would seem possible that<br />

Enteromorpha flexuosa might be occasional in the N Tyne and frequent in the Tyne. It is apparently absent in<br />

both at the moment and it will be interesting to observe whether this species does eventually invade these rivers.<br />

3. <strong>The</strong>re are several species of flowering plant which are apparently absent though from their known distribution<br />

in other local rivers might also have been expected to be present. Ranunculus fluitans might have been expected in<br />

either the N. Tyne or the upper Tyne, Potamogeton perfoliatus in the middle and lower non-tidal Tyne, and P.<br />

pectinatus in at least a few fast-flowing stretches of the lower non-tidal Tyne. P. x nitens occupies a rather similar<br />

habitat in the Tyne to that occupied by P. perfoliatus in the Wear (Whitton & Buckmaster, 1970).<br />

Influence of projected reservoir on plants of N. Tyne and Tyne<br />

It seems probable that any effect of the Kielder Water reservoir on the macrophytes of the N. Tyne and Tyne will<br />

be largely due to hydrological, and not chemical, changes. Regulation of flow in the N. Tyne may be expected to<br />

increase the area of river which is never desiccated, reduce the effects of damage in winter due to removal by icesheets<br />

formed under low flow conditions, and to reduce the scouring effects of flash, floods. Due to the mixing.<br />

with the S. Tyne, the effects would be less in the Tyne, but raising of minimum flow levels encountered in<br />

summer may be expected still to have some influence. For all three reasons suggested, regulation of flow is likely<br />

to lead to an increase in the total macrophytic vegetation in the N. Tyne, although some individual species may<br />

decrease. <strong>The</strong> following is a summary of the changes which seem probable for the species of Table II, based on<br />

the known behaviour of each in relation to fluctuating flow rates and water levels. If the reservoir is in fact built,<br />

the actual changes observed will no doubt differ somewhat due to the influence of com-petition between species.<br />

Increase<br />

Lemanea Iluvioulis, Cladophora glomerata, Acrocladiam cuspidatum, Eurhychium riparioides, Fontinalis<br />

antipyretica, Hygroamblystegium fluviatile, Callitriche intermed!a, C. stagnalis, Carex rostrum, Eleocharis<br />

palustris, Elodea canadensls, Myriophyllum alterniflorum, Phalaris arundinacea, Potamogeton crispus, P.<br />

natans, P. pusillus, Ranunculus penicillatus var. calcareus, Sparganium erecturn, Zannlichellia palustris.<br />

Decrease<br />

Vancheria sessilis, Oedogonium sp(p)., Tetraspora lubrica, Spirogyra sp(p)., Bracythecium plumosum. B.<br />

rivulare, Cinclidotus fontinaloides, Conocephalum conicum, Cratoneuron filicinum, Dichodontium pellucidum,<br />

Grimmia alpicola, Hygrohypnum luridum, Marchantia polymorpha, Pellia epiphylla, P. endiviijolia, Mentha<br />

aquatica, Mimulus guttatus, Myosotis palustris, Veronica beccabunga.<br />

For those species of Table II not specifically mentioned, it seems probable that no marked change in abundance<br />

will occur.<br />

Influence of Tyne water on Wear<br />

I. Addition of species, <strong>The</strong> following species are known to be present in the Tyne above the projected site for<br />

abstraction, but are almost certainly absent in the Wear: Nostoc ? verrucosum Hildenbrandia rivularis, Collema<br />

sp., Myriophyllum alterniflorum, Potamogeton x nitens, P. pusillus, Tetraspora lubrica.<br />

As the S. Tyne has so far not been surveyed, it is possible that other such species may occur above the abstraction<br />

site. <strong>The</strong> further species are also known to be present in the Tyne above the projected: site for abstraction, and,<br />

although present somewhere in the lower reaches of the Wear or its tributaries, are nevertheless


77<br />

VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

absent for at least 10 km below the projected site for inflow of Tyne water: Fontinalis antipyretlca var: gracilis,.<br />

Leptodictyum riparium, Callitriche intermedia, C stagnalis, Eleocharis palustris, Potamogeton crispus, P.<br />

natans, Ranunculus penicillatus var. calcareus, Sparganium erectum, Zannichellia palustris.<br />

Raising of low flow. This is likely to lead to a moderate increase in the biomass of macrophytic vegetation. For<br />

those species represented, the probable changes are likely to be rather similar to those listed for the N. Tyne.<br />

Changes in water chemistry. As discussed earlier, the influence of Tyne water on the chemistry of the Wear is<br />

likely to be rather small. Of the possible effects, the only two which seem of potential significance for plant<br />

growths under low flow conditions are the decrease in zinc and probable slight Increase in phosphate levels.<br />

Under very low flows, zinc levels in the Wear are probably now approaching a level where they may be expected<br />

to inhibit the growth of certain organisms. It is perhaps of interest that Cladophora glornerata is frequent in the<br />

N. Tyne, but rare in the Wear above the entry of the Gaunless, since two of the main physiological characteristlcs<br />

of this species are its sensitivity to zinc pollution and the fact that its growth is markedly favoured by high<br />

phosphate levels (Whitton, 1970). It would seem reasonable to predict that transfer of Tyne water to the Wear is<br />

likely to lead to an increase of Cladophora which is visually obvious but not approaching a nuisance abundance.<br />

One minor difference between the present flora of the N. Tyne and that of the Wear may represent a clue to<br />

chemical differences between these rivers. <strong>The</strong> Nostoc? verrucosum and Collem sp. in the N. Tyne are almost<br />

certainly capable of fixing atmosphere nitrogen, while genera of blue-green algae which might be expected to fix<br />

nitrogen appear absent in the upper reaches of the Wear (B. A. W., unpublished). It therefore seems plausible that<br />

in the N. Tyne the ratio of combined nitrogen to phosphate may be relatively low in comparison with that in the<br />

Wear.<br />

SUMMARY<br />

An account is given of the larger algae, lichens, bryophytes and flowering plants in the lowermost 10 km of the N.<br />

Tyne and the uppermost 30 km of the Tyne. If the projected Kielder Water reservoir should be built and combined<br />

with a water transfer scheme to the Wear (and other rivers), then it seems probable that moderate increases in the<br />

biomass of these rnacrophytes will take place in all the rivers concerned. Further, the Wear will be subject to<br />

recurrent inoculation with several species which are at present absent from it. It is unlikely that any of these will<br />

approach a nuisance level, although growths of Cladophora glomerata will probably become much more obvious<br />

in stretches of the Wear where this alga is at present rare.<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

<strong>The</strong> authors are most grateful to the following for various types of financial support: Natural Environment<br />

Research Council, Northumbrian River Authority, Sunderland and South Shields Water Co., Tweed River<br />

Purification Board. Thank; are also due to Mr. G. Robinson, who aided with a preliminary survey of the Tyne in<br />

1970, to Mr. T. Brett who carried out most of the atomic absorption measurements, to Rev. G. G. Graham who<br />

provided many helpful comments about the bryophytes, and to Mr. J. E. Dandy for confirming the identification of<br />

the species of Potarnogeton,<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Amercan Public Health Association (J 971): Standard Methods for the Examination Of Water and Wastewater,<br />

13th Edn, American Public Health Association, lnc., 1970 Broadway. New York.


VASCULUM VOL. LVII. No. 3. <strong>1972</strong><br />

78<br />

Butcher, R. W., Longwell, J. and Pentelow, F. T. K. (1937): Survey of the River Tees, Part Ill. <strong>The</strong> Non-tidal<br />

Reaches - Chemical and Biological. H.M.S.O.<br />

Crosby, N. T. (1967): <strong>The</strong> determination of nitrite in water using Cleve's acid I, napthylamine - 7, sulphonic acid.<br />

Proc, Soc. wat. Treat. Exam. 16 (1): 51-55.<br />

Hammond, E. W. (1959): A rapid method for the determination of nitrate in drinking water using 3, 3dimethylnapthidine.<br />

Proc. Soc. wat. Treat. Exam. 8: 173-175.<br />

Hickling, H. G. A. and Robertson, T. (1949): Geology. In: Scientific Survey of North-eastern England. British<br />

Association, Newcastle-on-Tyne.<br />

Johnson, G. A.L. (1970): Geology. In: Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside, British<br />

AssociatIon, Durham.<br />

Northumberland and Tyneside River Board (1951 - 1964): Annual Reports. New-castle-on- Tyne.<br />

Northumbrian River Authority (1965 - 1971): Annual Reports. Newcastle-on_ Tyne.<br />

Smith, K. (1970): Weather and climate. In: Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />

British Association, Durham.<br />

Snow, M. and Whitton, B. A. (1971): <strong>The</strong> River Wear: inorganic chemistry relevant to a biologist. <strong>Vasculum</strong> 56:<br />

50-54.<br />

Whitton, B. A. (1970): Biology of Cladophora in freshwaters. Wat. Res. 4: 457- 476.<br />

Whitton, B. A. and Buckmaster R. C. (1970): Macrophytes of the River Wear.<br />

Naturalist, Hull No. 914: 97-116.<br />

Whitton, B. A. and Dalpra, M. (1968): Floristic changes in the River Tees. Hydrobiologia 32: 545-550.<br />

APPENDIX<br />

When this account was written, it appeared almost certain to the authors (and also to most people<br />

associated with water management) that the Kielder Water Project (Fig. 1 B) would be carried out. Since then a<br />

ministerial decision has thrown the whole scheme into question. Nevertheless we still suspect that eventually<br />

something like this scheme will be developed, and so have made no changes to the text of this paper.


THE VASCULUM<br />

DECEMBER <strong>1972</strong><br />

Vol. LVII. No. 4 Price £1.00 per annum, post free.<br />

Edited by<br />

T. C. DUNN, B.Sc.<br />

THE POPLARS, CHESTER-LE-STREET<br />

BY THE WAY<br />

Secretaries of Societies and other contributors to “<strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>” are invited to<br />

send their notes to the Editor before 15th March 1973.<br />

ROADSIDE VERGES<br />

<strong>The</strong>re have been several accounts recently in the National Press of the<br />

value of motorway verges as reservoirs of wild life. <strong>The</strong> Sunday Times of August 27 th<br />

carried a splendidly illustrated accountof the wild flowers recently discovered along<br />

several miles of the M1, and Roert Chapman has written in the Sunday Express of<br />

the havens of refuge for insects alongside the same motorway.. An area of 12000<br />

acres ot motorway verges has been quoted as available for colonization. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />

two main implications in both of these articles. One is that the motorway verges are<br />

wildlife habitats newly created by the existence of the motorways, and if it not for the<br />

motorways they would not be there. <strong>The</strong> other is that these areas are virtually<br />

consitute a conservation area, since pedestrians are not allowed there.<br />

Whilst we do not deny any of this a debit side to the picture which should<br />

be pointed out. If there are indeed 12,000 acres of motorway verges then how many<br />

acres of actual motorway are there. Before the motorways were built this land was<br />

used by the same wild creatures which are now attempting to recolonise the<br />

roadsides. Also the number of species of wild flowers found along the motorways<br />

deserve mention.<br />

Frequent travels alongthe less popular bye-roads, all with roadside verges,<br />

serves to emphasise the sterility of motorway verges both in number and variety of<br />

wild flowers found there. No figures were given regarding the number of species of<br />

insects.<br />

79


A very important influence on the ecology of roadside verges is the degree<br />

of management to which they are subjected. Having seen and enjoyed the last<br />

remaining examples of untouched floral diversity during a recent holiday, we feel that<br />

the policy of mowing and tidying up along our roads has gone too far, not to mention<br />

the greatest evil of all, spraying with herbicides. We would very much like to know<br />

the real reason for it all. Is it part of a general policy to tidy up Britain, or is it for<br />

safety on the roads, or is it one of those things that has been done for so long that the<br />

original reason has been lost and was not a very good reason anyway ? Did anyone<br />

ever carry out any experimental work to show that the mowing and spraying of<br />

verges was a beneficial way of looking after them ? If so, we would very much like to<br />

know about it. <strong>The</strong> old system of ditching and partly tidying up with the help of a<br />

shovel produced a vastly greater diversity of animal and plant life, to say nothing of<br />

the more aesthetically pleasing result. Is there any good reason why we should not<br />

return to it ?<br />

BADGERS IN DANGER<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is some evidence from other parts of the country, that there is an<br />

increased threat to badgers for their fur, because of government restrictions on the use<br />

of tiger and leopard skins. Badger digging for this purpose needs to be watched very<br />

carefully. <strong>The</strong> animal is already suffering because of the further spread into the<br />

countryside by man in his search for recreation as well as for building and<br />

construction purposes.<br />

We have no recent evidence as yet, of such a threat in our two counties. <strong>The</strong> gassing<br />

and killing that does go on here is mostly by a few unenlightened farmers who still<br />

imagine that brock is a pest in some way. This is bad enough, of course, but we must<br />

all be on the look out for the further more serious threat mentioned above. We would<br />

urge; the government to consider very seriously the imposition of penalties for badger<br />

killing except under very special circumstances.<br />

PUBLICATIONS<br />

<strong>The</strong> sale of the Supplement to the July <strong>1972</strong> edition of <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>, "<br />

Sources of Information of the Natural History of County Durham," by W. B.<br />

Woodward, continues satisfactorily, but there are still copies for sale. We need to sell<br />

every single one in order to continue our policy of publishing more diverse material<br />

than we did in the past. Please send your orders to the Editor with 50p plus postage,<br />

and do not put it off any longer.<br />

BOOK REVIEW<br />

We have just received a splendid little booklet, " Wildlife<br />

80


Conservation and Dead Wood," by A. E. Stubbs, published by the Devon Trust for<br />

Nature Conservation. Aitnougn small (total 18 pages), it is lavishly illustrated in<br />

black and white by 27 photographs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> text deals first of all with the succession of animal species in decaying<br />

wood. <strong>The</strong> decay process is itself due to different species of fungi, some of which are<br />

responsible for the process in the bark, others for the sapwood and a different group<br />

again for the heartwood. <strong>The</strong> four main types of dead wood recognised by Elton,<br />

namely, 1. the living or partly dying standing tree, 2. boles with the tops broken off,<br />

3. logs of different sizes, and 4, the residual stump, are each taken in turn and its<br />

importance in conservation dealt with.<br />

<strong>The</strong> last part of the booklet is about conservation principles in the<br />

management of small and large woodland areas. This advice is, of course, directed<br />

mostly at conservation trust management committees. <strong>The</strong> advice is excellent and we<br />

would thoroughly recommend that all those concerned with leading conservation<br />

corps, civic trust groups and even permanent professional employees of the trusts and<br />

the Nature Conservancy, ought to possess copies which they should consult all the<br />

time. At 20p this is wonderful value for money.<br />

THE SOCIETIES<br />

THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION<br />

<strong>The</strong> 133rd Field Meeting was held in Deepdale Woods near Barnard<br />

Castle on September 9th, <strong>1972</strong>. Some 30 members and friends gathered on the<br />

roadside at the east end of the woods to eat a picnic lunch before being led off by Mr.<br />

E. Hinton-Clifton, the Union's President.<br />

<strong>The</strong> woods are very extensive so that the plants and insects seen were very<br />

numerous. In the plants, swarms of the broad-leaved helleborine, Epipactis<br />

helleborine (L.) Crantz. and a well established colony of climbing corydalis,<br />

Corydalis claviculata (L.) DC. were noteworthy sights. Moths were rather scarce<br />

although the Diptera seemed to be about in their usual numbers. <strong>The</strong> insect which<br />

intruded most upon the party was the common wasp. We had to pass close to a nest<br />

near the path. <strong>The</strong> inmates resented this with quite disastrous results. Near the old<br />

railway viaduct an old sandstone quarry with small ponds, was of some interest. <strong>The</strong><br />

walk ended at the Crag Pond, really a small lake used by an angling club. <strong>The</strong> return<br />

journey through fields was very pleasant though less interesting from the natural<br />

history standpoint. To round off the day, we were_conducted to the home of the<br />

President where Mrs. Hinton-Clifton had very kindly prepared a sumptuous tea. May<br />

we take this opportunity to thank our hosts for such a pleasant occasion.<br />

81


<strong>The</strong> fifth Harrison Memorial Lecture was held on October 28th in the<br />

Church Hall at Consett, where the N.N.U. was the guest of the Consett and Vale of<br />

Derwent Naturalists' Field Club. <strong>The</strong> lecturer was Dr. C. B. Williams, an<br />

entomologist of international repute and at one time Director of the entomological<br />

work at Rothamsted Experimental Station. His subject was " Insect Migration."<br />

He showed how he had studied the movement of insects, chiefly<br />

butterflies, all over the world. <strong>The</strong> method of analysis of data and pictorial methods<br />

of showing that migration had little to do with prevailing weather conditions were of<br />

great interest. <strong>The</strong> whole programme was carefully illustrated by slides, which<br />

brought out his points perfectly. <strong>The</strong>re was also a large exhibition of migratory<br />

insects from all parts of the world.<br />

Afterwards, tea was very kindly provided, free of charge, by the Consett Society,<br />

whilst Christmas goods were sold in aid of the Conservation Trust and Mr. Dunn sold<br />

copies of the <strong>Vasculum</strong> Supplement. Altogether, Mrs. Moses and her helpers from<br />

Darlington, sold goods to the value of £31.70. For the opportunity to do this, we have<br />

her thanks on behalf of the Durham County Conservation Trust. It was a notable<br />

occasion also, in that four associate members of the Consett Club became full<br />

members of the Northern Naturalists' Union. Recruitment of N,N.U. members is<br />

particularly important at this time because of the increased publishing programme.<br />

We could do with many more.<br />

DARLINGTON AND TEESDALE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

An interesting and varied programme has been arranged at roughly weekly<br />

intervals throughout the winter. Apart from the usual lectures and films on natural<br />

history which always form the main theme, there are talks on Roman history and the<br />

history of lead mining. A notable feature of the programme is an increased tendency<br />

towards involving more members in discussion and short talks.<br />

In addition to the indoor meetings, field outings have also been arranged<br />

for October, November and March.<br />

ANNFIELD PLAIN AND DISTRICT NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

From Mr. Wade we have news of the late summer outings of the club. On<br />

a visit to the Border Country under the leadership of Mr. Hall, of Stanley, one party<br />

expored the country between Myerdykes and the Kielder Stone, whilst a second was<br />

conducted<br />

82


along the Lewis Burn by one of the Forest Rangers. On September 2nd Cow Green<br />

Reservoir and Falcon Clints were visited once again. <strong>The</strong> newly opened Roman<br />

Camp of " Vindolanda "' was the object of the next outing, when a number of<br />

interesting plants were found near the excavations. Mr. Toyn conducted a large party<br />

down the old Wooler rail track to Alnwick when, in the brignt sunshine, the autumn<br />

tints were beginning to show and the autumn fruits becoming ripe enough to eat. <strong>The</strong><br />

last walk was on October 14th when Mr. Purvis led the party from Prudhoe to<br />

Lintzford.<br />

BIRTLEY AND CHESTER-LE-STREET NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY<br />

<strong>The</strong> winter lecture programme started on September 12th with a talk on<br />

the natural history of the Western Isles and has continued through to Christmas at<br />

fortnightly intervals.<br />

In addition, outings have been made to Brasside Ponds, Barmston Pond, Urpeth<br />

Bottoms and Knitsley Dene. <strong>The</strong> last place has proved to have quite an extensive<br />

botanical interest. It was here, earlier in the year, that we discovered the globe flower,<br />

Trollius europaeus L.<br />

CLEVELAND AND TEESSIDE NATURALISTS' FIELD CLUB<br />

<strong>The</strong> Committee has arranged an interesting programme and hopes that all<br />

members will support club meetings. Since there is ample seating at the Leeds<br />

University Centre where meetings are held, members may bring guests to any<br />

meeting.<br />

Lectures have been arranged on British Orchids, <strong>The</strong> Cleveland Way, An<br />

Introduction to British Shells and the Spider and the Fly. <strong>The</strong>re are also film nights,<br />

conversaziones and on December 13th the Club Dinner will be held in the refectory<br />

of the Leeds Centre.<br />

NOTES AND RECORDS<br />

NOTES.<br />

Bird notes from Stanley. <strong>The</strong> following notes, recently recorded, may be of interest to the readers<br />

of the <strong>Vasculum</strong> :<br />

Little Ringed Plover: For the second successive summer, a pair again occupied a territory on a site<br />

in North West Durham, from June 4th until July 31st. <strong>The</strong>ir behaviour suggested that they were breeding, but as<br />

the site was completely buildozed on July 17th, nesting was almost certainly a failure.<br />

Wood Sandpiper: Autumn passage. A single bird on a stream at Tanfield, on August 20th to 21st.<br />

Common Sandpiper: From June 21st to August 1st, a single bird held a territory on a stream at<br />

Tanfield, and on July 17th four passage birds were observed in the same locality.<br />

83


Green Sandpiper: Autumn passage. Two birds were .on the stream at Tanfield on August 20th to<br />

21st.<br />

Greenshank: Autumn passage. On August 5th, two birds were at Washington Ponds.<br />

Kittiwake: Inland. <strong>The</strong> colony on the Rank Flour Mill in Gateshead contained 17 occupied nests,<br />

while the colony on the French Flour Mill at Dunston contained 30 occupied nests duriing the summer.<br />

Little Gull: Two immature birds were at the Washington Ponds on June 8th, at the same time as a<br />

Spoonbill was present.<br />

Lesser Black-backed Gull: inland. Newcastle quayside, July 19th, three; Washington Ponds,<br />

August 5th, four; Tanfield, August 7th, one.<br />

Kestrel: A pair again nested at Tanfield in the same tree as last year and were successful in rearing<br />

one young. On June 21st, as many as eight different kestrels were observed in the Tanfield area.<br />

Chiffchaff: On June 28th, a single bird was noted singing at Bumopfield.<br />

Grey Wagtail: A family party consisting of two adults and two juveniles were present on a stream<br />

at Tanfield on July 17th.<br />

Yellow Wagtail: Six different pairs held territories during the summer at East Tanfield.<br />

Corn Bunting: During June, up to three cocks were frequently singing in the Burnopfield and<br />

Tanfield area. Not very common in North West Durham.<br />

Common Wheatear: Three pairs nested on slag tips at East Tanfield. At least one of these pairs was<br />

successful in rearing two young.<br />

Swift: It was not until May 17th that the swifts first appeared in the Shield Row area when two<br />

individuals were noted, and it was about May 27th to May 30th before they were generally distributed. At the end<br />

of the summer their departure was delayed until August 21st This is the latest that I have noted this summer visitor<br />

to arrive and depart.<br />

Spotted Flycatcher: A pair nested and reared at least one young in the Leazes Park in the centre of<br />

Newcastle, and on August 22nd as many as six different birds were in the park.<br />

Magpie: A pair nested in the cemetery in the centre of the built-up area of Stanley, and reared two<br />

young.<br />

—R. Marston Palmer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Glow-worm Lampyris noctiluca L. On the distribution map accompanying the article on the<br />

British Naturalists' Association Glowworm Survey (Countryside 1971, Vol. XXI, page 457) North East records<br />

are very sparse, and it was with interest that I read the report of their recent occurrence at Cornmondale in the July<br />

<strong>1972</strong> issue of the <strong>Vasculum</strong>. I therefore addressed letters to the editors of the Northern Echo, Newcastle Journal<br />

and Hexham Courant, and received the following reports<br />

v.c.62 Famdale (1915)<br />

About 6 miles south of Darlington (1925<br />

v.c.65 Near Gunnerside (1937)<br />

v.c.66 Trimdon Grange (1922)<br />

v.c.67 Stocksfield (1940)<br />

Riding Mill, 4 reports (latest 1952)<br />

Corbridge (before 1926)<br />

Allerwash (1940-44)<br />

West Woodburn (1912)<br />

v.c.68 Whittihgham (1932)<br />

Eglingham (1941)<br />

Edlingham (1957)<br />

84


v.c.70 Heads Nook (c. 1908)<br />

Wastdale (1962)<br />

v.c.72 Langholm (no date)<br />

It will be noted that most of the records are old, and make one wonder whether glow-worms have succumbed to<br />

verge trimming and pesticides, or is it that people seldom walk in the country after dark in these days of motor<br />

cars and. public transport ?<br />

—C. J. Gent.<br />

Moths in <strong>1972</strong>. This season has been a most peculiar one. Temperatures increased very slowly in<br />

the early spring and just seemed to be catching up when a colder spell put it right back again. After that the<br />

summer never really arrived. In the early part of August, I saw the wing of a peppered moth, Biston betularia L.<br />

(type), on the footpath in Cheviot Road, Ponteland, a late date for the species. It was probably a bat victim as there<br />

was a street lamp nearby and the bats have quickly learned that the lamps attract moths. —A. G. Long.<br />

A new northern limit for the Wall Brown Butterfly. On September 3rd, a party of members<br />

from Birtley and Chester-le-S'treet Natural History Society visited Barmston Pood near Washington, in order toi<br />

do some bird watching. Afterwards, we walked along the old railway track towards Usworth Aerodrome. In the<br />

grassy wasteland we were surprised to discover a number of. butterflies, some of which turned out to be the Wall<br />

Brown, Pararge megera L. A good photograph was obtained for reference. Although South says it is local in<br />

North England and fairly well distributed in Scotland, I have never myself seen it north of Crimdon Dene.<br />

Robson, in his Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Durham and Northumberland, states that it actually became extinct<br />

in our two counties on or round about the year 1870.<br />

I have certainly seen it many times during the last twenty years but always in the south-eastern<br />

corner of Durham and never more than one or two insects. <strong>The</strong> present record therefore represents a considerable<br />

move northwards. <strong>The</strong> fact that there were up to six insects present also indicates the probability of its having<br />

become established there.<br />

In addition, Maniola jurtina L. (Meadow Brown), Lycaena phlaeas L. (Small Copper), and Aglais<br />

urticae L. (Small Tortoisesheil) were also seen on the wing in the same general area.<br />

—T.C.D.<br />

Some Holy Island Plants. During the last year or two I have been fortunate enough to rediscover a<br />

few plants on Holy Island, which were recorded by Professor J. W. H. Harrison and G. Temperley over fifty years<br />

ago. <strong>The</strong>y are Arenaria balearica L. (Balearic Pearlwort), Sherardia arvensis L. (Field Madder), Rhinanthus<br />

minor L. (Yellow Rattle), Sedum rosea (L.) Scop. (Rose-root), Pinguicula vulgaris L. (Common Butterwort), and<br />

Trifolium striatum L. (Soft Clover).<br />

—L. P. Hird.<br />

Bird notes from Holy Islands <strong>The</strong> following records of a, few of the birds seen on Holy Island<br />

during the week Octboer 14th to October 21st, <strong>1972</strong>, may be of interest to ornithologists :<br />

Greater Spotted Woodpecker; seen every day for the whole week.<br />

Brambling; about 12 birds.<br />

Whooper Swan; on three successive days I saw seven, five and three birds.<br />

Golden Plover; very common on the foreshore, approximately 150 birds.<br />

Wheatear; a single individual.<br />

Blackcap; one only.<br />

85


Redpoll; a few scattered individuals.<br />

Whimbrel; one only.<br />

Greenshank; up to four birds seen together.<br />

Short-eared Owl; two birds seen on one day.<br />

Fieldfare; in large numbers, estimated at about 200.<br />

Redwing; a flock of more than 300.<br />

Sanderling; flocks of 50 to 100 at a time seen in several parts of theisland.<br />

86<br />

L. P. Hird<br />

RECORDS<br />

INSECTS<br />

LEPIDOPTERA—-BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS<br />

Acasis viretata Hubn. (Brindle-barred Yellow) 66<br />

On the heather, in June, between Cow Green Reservoir and the beginning of the Moorhouse Nature Reserve.<br />

T.C.D.<br />

FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS<br />

Dipsacus fullonum L. ssp satiyus (L.) <strong>The</strong>ll (Fuller's Teasel) 66<br />

A patch was found in Chopweil Woods, near the path leading to Lintzford. Miss R. Wade.<br />

Vicia sylvatica L. (Wood Vetch) 67<br />

Monk Wood (Whitfield).<br />

Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Bess. (Creeping Yellow-cress). 67<br />

W. Bank of N. Tyne near Warden; Prestwick Carr.<br />

Rorippa islandica (Oedes) Borbas. (Marsh Yellow-cress) 67<br />

Pond near High West House (Ponteland).<br />

Sisymbrium altissimum L. (Tall Rocket). 67<br />

Rubbish tip at Stob Hill Quarry.<br />

Descurainia sophia (L.) Webb ex Prenti. (Flixweed). 67<br />

Rubbish tip near High West House (Ponteland).<br />

Viola canina L. (Heath Violet). 67,68<br />

Holy Island and Newton Links (68). On the basalt near Colwell (67<br />

Hypericum humifusum L. (Trailing St. John's Wort). 67<br />

Near Newbiggin Bridge (W. Dipton Burn).<br />

Cerastium semidecandrum L. (Little Mouse-ear Chickweed). 67,68<br />

Calwell; near Amble (67); Warkworth; Ratcheugh (68).<br />

Montia sibirica (L.) Howell. 67<br />

Roadside near Longwitton Hall.<br />

Geranium lucidum L. (Shining Cranesbill). 67<br />

Near Knarsdale Church.<br />

Genista tinctoria L. (Dyer's Greenweed). 67<br />

Ted Burn; N. bank of Tyne E. of Wylam; Howford Banks.<br />

Melilotus officinalis (L.) Pall. (Common Melilot). 67<br />

Waste ground in Newcastle.<br />

Melilotus alba Medic. (White Melilot). 67<br />

Throckley pit heap.<br />

Rubus saxatilis L (Stone Bramble). 67<br />

Cranecleugh Burn (N. Tyne).<br />

Rosa arvensis Huds. (Field Rose). 67<br />

One bush by roadside near Warden.<br />

Saxifraga stellaris L. (Starry Saxifrage). 67<br />

Fairly abundant .m streams running down from Kilhope Lad<br />

Chrysosplenium aiternifolium L. (Alternate-leaved Golden Saxifrage) .67,68<br />

By the Coquet below Felton (67) and in Brotherwick Wood (68).<br />

Lythrum salicaria L. (Purple .Loosestrife). 67,68.<br />

River Blyth near Carter Moor (67), Aller Dean (68).<br />

—G. A. & M. Swan.


THE<br />

VASCULUM<br />

Supplement to July Edition <strong>1972</strong><br />

VOL. LVII., No. 2. (Supplement) Price: 50p.<br />

Edited by<br />

T. C. DUNN. B.Sc., <strong>The</strong> Poplars, Chester-le-Street.<br />

Sources of Information on the<br />

Natural History of County Durham<br />

A. INTRODUCTION p.1<br />

B. ALPHABETICAL LIST p.2<br />

C. SERIAL TITLES AND<br />

ABBREVIATIONS USED.<br />

p.39<br />

By W. B. Woodward<br />

Published by<br />

THE NORTHERN NATURALISTS' UNION


SOURCES OF INFORMATION ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF COUNTY<br />

DURHAM<br />

W. B. WOODWARD<br />

A.INTRODUCTION<br />

This is a list of publications and other records that may well be of interest<br />

to the naturalist working in County Durham. A number of people have been involved<br />

in preparing the list, in particular Miss C. N. Duckworth and Mrs. J. Sayers have our<br />

thanks. <strong>The</strong> term 'natural history' has been interpreted as including botany, ecology,<br />

geology, geography, palaeontology, meteorology and zoology. We have included<br />

records for the area bounded by the Penine watershed in the west, the North Sea in<br />

the east and from the Tees valley to the Tyne valley. <strong>The</strong> list (pt B) is arranged<br />

alphabetically by author, the first author only if there are two or more, and then by the<br />

date of publication. An un abridged title follows and finally as much information<br />

about the publication as we have available. In other words details of volume, part,<br />

page numbers, these of course follow the name of the publication if it is a serial<br />

publication and to indicate titles it has been necessary to use codes. <strong>The</strong>re is a list of<br />

full serial abbreviations (pt C) following the author list.<br />

You may well wish to consult papers which you do not hold yourself. <strong>The</strong><br />

way in which it may be possible to do this for papers of limited circulation and of<br />

specialist interest is indicated against the full title. For the rest you would be well<br />

advised to consult the library that you usually use and ask your librarian for help in<br />

sorting out locations. This can be done for instance in a number of cases with the aid<br />

of Union List of Scientific and Technical Periodicals m Northern libraries, second<br />

edition by WILSON, T. D. and WALLACE, A.<br />

It must be apparent that the list is not complete. If you do spot omissions I<br />

would be grateful if you would send a note of these to: Keeper of Science Books,<br />

University Library, Science Section, South Road, Durham. Please give all the<br />

information that you can including the location of volumes that can be made<br />

available, in some cases this may be where a special case can be made in relation to a<br />

private collection. We hope to bring the<br />

1


master list up to date and then to maintain it in that state with your help. In the future<br />

it may be that: either a supplement or a revised list will be published. Before this is<br />

done we would like to know if the next list should differ in any way, should the<br />

subject coverage be increased? Should a list for Northumberland be pre pared or else<br />

incorporate these references in one major list? Is there a case for listing the names<br />

and specialities of experts in various fields together with a list of the various types of<br />

organisation that the naturalist should be as widely known as possible.<br />

Having created a long, and we hope complete list of sources of<br />

information, what then? It would be relatively easy to produce a subject guide either<br />

by such simple means as selecting from the title: a keyword or words, or else by a<br />

rather more formal classification. BUT it is our hope that the list will be used by local<br />

experts to produce critical guides to subject areas with the various publications<br />

evaluated in the light of practical field experience. This as we see it is possibly the<br />

best use for this list of sources of information.<br />

B<br />

ABBOTT, G. 1905. Concretionary cellular limestone of Durham. Nat pp 231-233.<br />

ADAMSON, R. 1908. Our local orchids. VDNFCNS 7 (i) pp 41- 45.<br />

ALDER, J. 1848. Catalogue of Mollusca of Northumberland and Durham. TNFC 7<br />

(2).<br />

ALDER,, J. 1857. A catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

TNFC.<br />

ALDER, J. 1865/67. Description of three new or imperfectly known Polyzoa found<br />

on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 60-64.<br />

ALDRIDGE, C. A. 1967. Ecological studies on Gordon Moss. a spring mire. MSc<br />

Diss Ecol D.<br />

ALEXANDER, D. A. 1969. Waskerley (N.W. Durham) — a note. JDUGS 77.<br />

ALEXANDER, W. B. SOUTHGATE, B. A. & BASSINDALE, R. 1935. Survey of<br />

the River Tees. Part 2. <strong>The</strong> estuary — chemical and biological water pollution<br />

research. Tech. Pap. No. 5, Dep. Sci. Indust. Res. H.M.S.O. London<br />

2


ALLEN, T. W. 1970. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Enteromorpha in fresh water in County<br />

Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

ANDERSON, A. H. 1962. A demonstration of Kulczynsky's statistical method<br />

(Magnesian Limestone outcrops County Durham). JDCNHS 8 pp 28-40.<br />

ANON. 1928. <strong>The</strong> Northern Naturalists Union in Upper Teesdale. Vas 14 pp 147-<br />

150.<br />

ASHBY, K. R. 1965. Vertebrates. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of<br />

Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

ASHWORTH. P. 1964. Birtley, County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

ATKINSON, G. G. 1873-77. First and second instalments of a catalogue of the more<br />

remarkable trees of Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 5 pp 63-97, 154-161.<br />

ATKINSON, J. R. 1965. Landscape and the Durham Motorway.<br />

ATKINSON, J. R. 1966. A policy for the Durham Coast. State ment and map.<br />

ATKINSON, K. 1968. An investigation of the pedology of Upper Weardale, County<br />

Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

ATKINSON, K. J. 1970. Perspective on change in the County Borough of Hartlepool<br />

post 1800. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

BACKHOUSE, J. 1884/85. Notes on the Avi-fauna of Upper Teesdale. Nat pp 353-<br />

364.<br />

BACKHOUSE, J. 1884/85. Teesdale botany: historical and personal recollections.<br />

Nat pp 10-13.<br />

BACKHOUSE, J. 1888. Notes and additions to the Avi-fauna of Upper Teesdale. Nat<br />

pp 79-80.<br />

BACKHOUSE, J. 1896. Upper Teesdale past and present, pp 66. Barnard Castle.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1904/07. Notes on some additions etc. to the Coleoptera of the<br />

Northumberland and Durham district. TNHSNS 7 pp 224-247.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. A new British Beetle from Gibside — Agathidium badium,<br />

Er. VDNFCOS 5 p 86.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. Notes on the genera Metoecus Gers., and Meloe L.<br />

VDNPCOS 5 pp 65-69.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1905. <strong>The</strong> Longicornia of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 5 pp<br />

21-26.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1908. Strangers Zoological — A series of Nature fragments.<br />

VDNFCNS I (i) pp 17-25.<br />

3


BAGNALL, R. S. 1908. <strong>The</strong> Bristle-Tails (Thysanura) of the Derwent Valley,,<br />

VDNFCNS I (i) pp 26-56.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1908/11. Notes on some Pauropoda from the Counties of<br />

Northumberland and Durham. TNHSNS 3 pn 462-466.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1908/11. On two new species of Trichothrips from the Derwent<br />

Valley. TNHSNS 3 pp 661-663.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1913. <strong>The</strong> Myriapods of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 7 (2) pp<br />

94-115.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1915. A new species of Neuroptera from the North of England,<br />

Vas pp 22-24.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1918. <strong>The</strong> Siphonaptera (Fleas) of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

TNHSNS 5 pp 181-198.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1923. <strong>The</strong> Symphyla of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 9 pp<br />

65-73.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1928. <strong>The</strong> Gall-wasps and their allies in Northumberland and<br />

Durham. Vas 14 pp 62-65.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. <strong>The</strong> Anoplura (Sucking-lice) of Northumberland and Durham. Vas<br />

16 pp 103-106; Vas 18 p 45.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. 1932. On) Mallophaga (Biting-lice) affecting the mammals of<br />

Northumberland and Durham. Vas 18 pp 14-18.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. & HALL, W. 1930. Records of some bird lice (Mallophaga)-ll.<br />

Vas 16 pp 50-55.<br />

BAGNALL, R. S. & TURNER, W. L. 1913. Preliminary list of Spiders, Harvestmen<br />

and Pseudo-Scorpions found in the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 129-151.<br />

BAKER. J. G. 1903. Biographical notes on the early Botanists of Northumberland<br />

and Durham. TNHSOS 14 pp 69-86.<br />

BAKER, J. G. 1863. Contributions towards the Geographical History of the plants of<br />

Upper Teesdale. Phytologist 4 pp 1048-1053.<br />

BAKER, J. G. & TATE, G. R. 1868. A new flora of Northumberland and Durham,<br />

with sketches of its climate and physical geography. TNHSOS 2 London.<br />

BANAGE, W. B. 1960. Studies on the Namatode fauna of moor land soils. PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D<br />

4


BARNES, R. 1890. Some additional localities and new records for the mosses of<br />

North Yorkshire and South Durham. Nat pp 211-222.<br />

BARNES, R. 1915. New records and additional localities for the Moss-flora of<br />

Yorkshire and Durham. Nat pp 91-94.<br />

BAWDEN, A. N. 1969. A preliminary investigation of the biological effects of the<br />

discharge of sewage works effluent into a small stream (Hollingside sewage works,<br />

Durham). JDUBS 15 pp 1-5.<br />

BEAUMONT, B. A. 1963/64. <strong>The</strong> eastern drainage of the Northern Pennines.<br />

JDUGS 6.<br />

BEAUMONT, P. 1967. Glacial deposits of Eastern Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BEAUMONT, P. 1968. A history of glacial research in northern England. OP Geog<br />

D.<br />

BEAUMONT, P. 1970. Geomorphology. In Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />

Ed. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />

BELL, D. G. & COULSON, J. C. 1963. Ornithological reports from Northumberland<br />

and Durham for 1960, 61 and 62.<br />

TNHSNS 14 pp 1-36, 101-124, 125-126, 185-211.<br />

BELL, D. G. 1966/68. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and Durham for<br />

1965, 66 and 67. TNHSNS 16 pp 79-107, 197-225,241-274.<br />

BELL, D. W. 1962. A historical geographpy of Tyneside coal trade. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

BELL, K. M. Petrographic character and sedimentary environ ment of the Harvey-<br />

Beaumont seam of Northumberland and Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

BELL, T. H. 1883. <strong>The</strong> Salt Deposits of Middlesbrough and the Mode of Winning<br />

them. Middlesbrough.<br />

BELLAMY, D. J. 1965. Conservation. In: Valentine, D.H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History<br />

of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

BELLAMY, D. J. BRADSHAW, M. E. MILLINGTON, G. E. & SIMMONS, 1. G.<br />

1966. Two quaternary deposits in the lower Tees basin. NP 65 p 429.<br />

BELLAMY, D. J., BRIDGEWATER, P., MARSHALL, C. & TICKLE, W. 1969.<br />

Status of the Teesdale rarities. Nature, 222 No. 5190 pp 238-243.<br />

5


BELLAMY, D. J., 1970. Vegetation. In: Durham City and County with Teeside. Ed.<br />

J. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />

BENHAM, B. R. 1969. Studies on marginal farm ecosystems in Upper Teesdale.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

BENNETT GIBBS, G. & TEI'MPERLEY, G. W. 1930. On some flint flakes from<br />

Weardale. TNHSNS 7 pp 191-193.<br />

BLACK, M. M. 1957. <strong>The</strong> application of scale and hydraulic models to the study of<br />

flood conditions on the River Tyne. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

BLACKBURN, K. B. 1931. Possible glacial survivals in our flora. TNNU 7 (1).<br />

BLACKBURN, K. B. 1951. A historical approach: some Late Glacial species from<br />

the Lower Tees area and their present distribution. In: J. E. Lousley, <strong>The</strong> Study of the<br />

Distribution of British Plants, p 96. Arbroath.<br />

BLACKBURN, K. B. 1952. <strong>The</strong> dating of a deposit containing an elk skeleton found<br />

at Neasham in Darlington. NP 51 p 364.<br />

BLOCK, W. C. 1963. Studies on the Acarina of moorland areas. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BODEN, J. B. 1969. Site investigation and subsequent analysis for shallow tunnels.<br />

MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

BOLAM, G. 1915. On some birds in Teesdale. Vas pp 65-68.<br />

BOLAM, G. 1923/26. Bats. TNHSNS 6 pp 48-62.<br />

BOLAM, G. 1923/26. Botanical Notes. (Alston District). TNHSNS 6 pp 80-88.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1865. List of Coleopterous insects added to the fauna of<br />

Northumberland and Durham during 1864 and 1865/66. THNSOS 7 pp 131-133,<br />

318-324.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1865/67. List of a few local Homoptera. TNHSOS 1 pp 128-131; 309-<br />

314.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1869/70. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />

(Aculeate Hymeoptera). TNHSOS 3 pp 137-170.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />

(revision of Coleoptera). TNHSOS 4 pp 1-117.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham<br />

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera). TNHSOS 4 pp 348-371.<br />

6


BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. Insects of Northumberland and Durham (notes on Coleoptera).<br />

TNHSOS 4 pp 371-379.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1871/72. Notes on the occurrence of Lepidoptera in 1871. TNHSOS 4<br />

pp 380-385.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1873/77. Note on the occurrence of Lepidoptera in Northumberland and<br />

Durham in 1872. TNHSOS 5 pp 37 41.<br />

BOLD, T. J. 1873/77. Not on the recent occurrence in Northumberland and Durham<br />

of the Camberwell Beauty Butterfly. TNHSOS 5 pp 30-34.<br />

BOLTON, E. 1923/26. Fossil Oora of the Northumberland and Durham coalfield.<br />

THNSNS 6 pp 167-181.<br />

BOLTON, E. 1934. <strong>The</strong> Brooms, Birtley. A floristic survey. Vas 20 pp 15-20.<br />

BOLTON, P. J. 1965. Flea populations on Clethrionoys glareolus Schr. and<br />

Apodemus sylvaticus L. JDUNHS 77.<br />

BOLTON, P. J. 1969. Studies on the general ecology, physiology and bioenergetics<br />

of woodland Lumbricidae. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BOTT, M. H. P. 1960/61. With M.F.V. 'Avail' on the North Sea. (Durham Coast).<br />

JDCGIS 7 (3) pp 8-11.<br />

BOTT, M. H. P. & MASON-SMITH, D. 1953. Gravity measurements over the<br />

Northern Pennines. GM 90 pp 127-130.<br />

BOTT, M. H. P. & MASON-SMITH, D. 1957. <strong>The</strong> geological interpretation of a<br />

Gravity Survey of the Alston Block and Durham Coalfields. QJGSL 77J pp 93-117.<br />

BOWER, M. M. 1959. An investigation of erosion in blanket peat. MSc King's<br />

College, London.<br />

BRADSHAW, M. E. 1959. Variation in Alchemilla vulgaris agg. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BRADSHAW, M. E. Ed. 1965. A Guide to the Natural History of the Teesbank<br />

Woods between Barnard Castle and Cotherstone, Durham.<br />

BRADSHAW, M. E. & CLARK, W. A. 1965. Flora and Vegetation. In: Valentine,<br />

D.H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

7


BRADSHAW, M. E. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Teesdale Flora in Durham County and City with<br />

Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association for the Advancement of Science.<br />

BRADY, H. B. 1865/67. A Catalogue of the recent Foraminifera of Northumberland<br />

and Durham. TNHSOS 1 pp 83-107.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1865/67. Reports of deep-sea dredging on the coasts of<br />

Northumberland and Durham, 1862-64, plus spp. lists. TNHSOS 1 pp 1-58.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. A list of freshwater Algae collected in Northumberland and<br />

Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 302-306.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. Notes on Entomostraca taken chiefly in the Northumberland<br />

and Durham districts. TNHSOS 3 pp 361-371.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1869/70. On the Crustacean Fauna of the Salt marshes of<br />

Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 120-136.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1871/72. A list of the non-parasitic marine Copepoda of the North<br />

East coast of England. TNHSOS 4 pp 423 445.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1903. On Copepoda and other Crustacea taken in Ireland and on the<br />

North East coast of England. TNHSOS 14 pp 54-68.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1903. Report on dredging and other marine re search off the North<br />

East coast of England. TNHSOS 14 pp 87-101.<br />

BRADY, G. S. 1904/07. On Copepoda and other Crustacea taken off<br />

Northumberland and Durham in July 1904. TNHSNS 1 pp 210-223.<br />

BRADY, G. S. & NORMAN, A. M. 1908/11. <strong>The</strong> Crustacea of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. TNHSNS 3 pp 252-417.<br />

BRIDGEWATER, P. & JONES, D. J. 1968. A preliminary investigation in soil algal<br />

floras (Little High Wood and Cassop Vale, Durham). JDUBS 14.<br />

BRIDGEWATER, P. 1970. Phytosociology and community boundaries of the British<br />

heath formation. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. 1949.<br />

Scientific survey of North East England.<br />

8


BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. 1970.<br />

Durham County and City with Teesside. Dewdney, J. C. (Ed.)<br />

BROOK, A. J. 1948. Studies in the ecology of the algal flora of slow sand filter beds<br />

of waterworks. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

BROOKER, J. R. 1966. <strong>The</strong> coastal denes of Durham —- Area Studies. Ug Diss<br />

Geog D.<br />

BROOKS, P. M. 1969. Burrow systems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

BROUGH, J. 1929. On the rhythmic deposition in the Yoredale series. PUDPS 8 pp<br />

116-124.<br />

BROWELL, E. J. J. & KIRKBY, J. W. 1865/67. On the chemical composition of<br />

various beds of the Magnesian Limestone and associated Permian rocks of Durham.<br />

TNHSOS I pp 204-230.<br />

BROWN, CRAGG & CRISP. 1964. <strong>The</strong> Plecoptera of Moor House National Nature<br />

Reserve, Westmorland. Trans. Soc. for British Entomology. 16 (4).<br />

BROWN, J. C. 1905. Note on Janassa bituminosa from the Marl Slate, Thickley,<br />

Durham. Nat pp 220-222.<br />

BULMAN,, H. F. 1905. <strong>The</strong> coal seams of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 5 pp 27-<br />

43.<br />

BULMAN, H. F. 1908. <strong>The</strong> weather at Burnopfield during 1906/ 07. VDNFCNS 1 (i)<br />

pp 64-71.<br />

BULMAN, H. F. 1913. <strong>The</strong> weather at Burnopfield during 1908. VDNFCNS 7 (2) pp<br />

159-162.<br />

BULMAN, H. F. 1913. <strong>The</strong> weather during the four last years, 1909/12. VDNFCNS<br />

1 (2) pp 162-169.<br />

BURGES,, D. A. 1957. Parts of County Durham — regional. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

BURGESS, A. S. 1970. Engineering geology and geohdyrology of the magnesian<br />

limestone of Northern England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

BURRELL, W. H. 1924. Pennine peat. Nat pp 145-150.<br />

BURTON, J. J. 1910. Geological notes on the Middleton-in-Tees dale district. Nat pp<br />

268-271.<br />

BURTON, R. C. 1911. On the occurrence of beds of the Yellow sands and Marl in<br />

the Magnesian Limestone of Durham. GM Decade 5 8 pp 299-306.<br />

9


BUTLER, P. F. 1968. <strong>The</strong> interpretation of magnetic field anomalies over dykes by<br />

optimisation procedures. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

BURTON, J. J. 1925. Geological features and physical features of Middleton-in-<br />

Teesdale, Yorks. Nats. Union Circular 320 pp 2-3.<br />

BUTCHER, R. W. 1931. An appartus for studying the growth of epiphytic algae with<br />

special reference to the River Tees. TNNU (1) PP 1-15.<br />

BUTCHER, R. W. 1933. Studies on the ecology of rivers, (i) On the distribution of<br />

macrophytic vegetation in the rivers of Britain. JE 27 (1) pp 58-91.<br />

BUTCHER, R. W., LONGWELL, J. & PENTELOW, F. T. K. 1937. Survey of the<br />

River Tees. Part 3. <strong>The</strong> non-tidal reaches — chemical and biological. H.M.S.O.<br />

BUTTERFIELD, J. A. 1939. Geology of Holwick Scars and Upper Teesdale. Yorks.<br />

Nats. Union Circular 417 pp 2-3.<br />

BUTTERFIELD, J. E. L. 1969. A study on the relationship be tween egg numbers<br />

and the larval or adult density of Tipula subnodicomis. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

CAIRNEY, T. & STOREY, J. M. 1970. Hydrology and water resources. In: J. C.<br />

Dewdney (Ed.) Durham County and City with Teesside. British Association,<br />

Durham.<br />

CALVERT, R. 1884. Notes on the Geology and Natural History of the County of<br />

Durham. Bishop Auckland.<br />

CARTER, J. 1921. <strong>The</strong> doom of the Durham coastal denes. Entomologist 56.<br />

CARTER, W. L. 1889. Excursion to Upper Teesdale. Trans. Leeds Geol. Ass. Part 5<br />

pp 71-76.<br />

CARTER, W. 1924. Doom of the denes. (<strong>The</strong> destruction of the coast denes in<br />

County Durham). Vas 10 pp 44-48.<br />

CARTMELL, A. E. 1969. Permian hydrology and electrical analogues. MSc Diss<br />

Geol D.<br />

CHANG, C. M. 1970. Static and the cyclic stresses response of rock. MSc Diss Geol<br />

D.<br />

CHAPMAN, A. H. 1970. An outline study of the input and out put of four minerals in<br />

the Upper Tees river catchment. MSc<br />

10


CHERRET, J. M. 1961. Ecological research on spiders associated with moorlands.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

CITY ENGINEER, NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE. 1964. Final report on investigation<br />

of sea outfalls by Messrs. J. D. & D. M. Watson.<br />

CITY ENGINEER, NEWCASTLE UPON TYNE. 1964. Final report on proposals<br />

for reducing pollution of the River Tyne estuary and adjacent sea beaches.<br />

CLENNELL, T. 1967. Bioenergetic studies of Cloeon dipterum L. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

CLIFFORD, J. 1968. North-West Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

CLOUGH, C. T. 1903. <strong>The</strong> disappearance of limestones in High Teesdale. GM 10 pp<br />

259-262.<br />

CLOUGH. J. 1962. Dredging at Hurworth Burn Reservoir, Hartlepools Water Co.<br />

Journal Institute of Water Engineers. 16 pp 46-48.<br />

CODY, C. B. J. 1969. Individual and seasonal variation in agressiveness in the longtailed<br />

field mouse (Apodemus sylvaticus)and bank vole (Clethrionomys glareolus).<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

COGGIN BROWN, J. 1904/07. On some lacustrine deposits in the drift near<br />

Ferryhill, TNHSNS 7 pp 288-292.<br />

COOK, A. A. 1970. Polymorphism in Cepaea nemoralis L. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

COOKE, R. B. & TBMPERLEY, G. W. 1920. Some notes on the flora of Upper<br />

Teesdale. Vas 6.<br />

COOKE, R. B. & GRIFFITHS, B.. M. 1923/26. Ryton Willows Pool. TNHSNS 6 pp<br />

39-47.<br />

COULSON, J. C. 1956. Biological studies on the Meadow Pipit (Anthus pratensis)<br />

and moorland Tipulidae; members of a food chain. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

COULSON, J. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Fauna of the Moorlands. In: Durham County and City<br />

with Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

COURTENAY, G. F. 1930. Birds of Hurworth Burn, County Durham. 1910-1929.<br />

TNHSNS 7 pp 155-178.<br />

COURTENAY, G. F. 1933. Birds of Teesmouth (Durham side), 1907-29. Vas 19 pp<br />

81-100.<br />

11


COURTENAY,. G. F. 1934. Some notes on birds of Sunderland. Vas 20 pp 51-63.<br />

COURTENAY, G. F. 1934. Birds around Sunderland. Vas 20 97 100.<br />

COURTENAY, G. F. 1935. <strong>The</strong> birds of Horden. Vas 21 pp 10 15.<br />

COURTENAY, G. F. 1936. Some desultory notes on the birds of Riding Mill and<br />

neighbourhood. Vas 22 pp 20-23.<br />

COWEN, G. A. 1954/56. <strong>The</strong> Badger in Northumberland and Durham; its numbers<br />

and distribution, past and present. TNHSNS 77 pp 77-84.<br />

CRAWLEY, M. C. 1965. Studies on the movements, population dynamics and food<br />

of Apodemus sylvaticus L. and Clethrionomys glareolus Schr. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

CRISP, D. T. 1959. Studies on the biology of some species of British Corixidae. PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

CRISP, D. T. 1966. Input and output of minerals from an area of Pennine Moorland;<br />

the importance of precipitation, drainage, peat erosion and animals. JAppE 3 pp 327-<br />

348.<br />

CRISPJ. A. A. 1961. Some aspects of the historical geography of Weardale —<br />

County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

CRISP, T. 1963. A note on some collections of Corixidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera)<br />

from lowland Durham. TNHSNS 14 pp 163-169.<br />

DAVIES, L. 1970. Freshwater Fauna. In: Durham County and City with Teesside.<br />

Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

DAVISON, A. P. R. 1970. Four Durham mining villages. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

DEARMAN, W. R. & JONES, J. M. 1966/68. Millerite from Boldon Colliery,<br />

County Durham. TNHSNS 16 pp 193-196.<br />

DENT, D. L. et al 1965/66. Lanehead. JDUGgS 8.<br />

DENT, R. G. 1965. <strong>The</strong> sand and gravel industry of the Tees and mid-Swale valleys.<br />

Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY<br />

SECTION, KING'S COLLEGE, NEW CASTLE. 1959/60. Hydraulic and sediment<br />

survey of the River Tyne. Bulletin No. 20.<br />

12


DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING, HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY<br />

SECTION, KING'S COLLEGE, NEW CASTLE. 1960/61. Final report of Hydraulic<br />

and sediment survey of the estuary of the River Tyne. Bulletin No. 24.<br />

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH. 1931. Water<br />

Pollution Research — Tech. Paper 2. Survey of the River Tees, Part I —<br />

Hydrographical. H.M.S.O.<br />

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH. 1935. Water<br />

Pollution Research. Tech. paper 5. Survey of the River Tees, Part 2. <strong>The</strong> estuary —<br />

Chemical and Biological. H.M.S.O.<br />

DICKINSON, P. & FISHER, D. B. 1959. Medieval land surveys of County Durham.<br />

GEOG Occ. Papers 2.<br />

DUCKETT, M. J. 1969. A study of activity in the Water Vole (Arvicolu terrestris).<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

DUCKWORTH, C. N. 1970. A short study of some aspects of the ecology of rodent<br />

fleas in Castle Eden Dene. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

DUNHAM, K. C. 1932. <strong>The</strong> ore deposits of the North Pennines. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

DUNHAM, K. C. 1934. <strong>The</strong> genesis of the North Pennine Ore Deposits. QJGSL 90<br />

ppp 689-720.<br />

DUNHAM, K. C. 1947. Excursion to Durham and to Northern Pennines. Miners<br />

Mag. 28 no. 126.<br />

DUNHAM, K. C. 1948. Geology of the Northern orefield, (i) Tyne to Stainmore.<br />

Memoirs of the Geological Survey, England and Wales. London.<br />

DUNHAM, K .C. 1950. Lower Carboniferous Sedimentation in the Northern<br />

Pennines. International Geological Congress. Part 4 — Proceedings of Section 3.<br />

Rhythm in Sedimentation. pp 46-63. London.<br />

DUNHAM K. C. 1959. Non-ferrous mining potentialities of the Northern Pennines.<br />

In: Future of the non-ferrous mining in Great Britain and Ireland, ppll5-147. London.<br />

DUNHAM K. C. & HOPKINS, W. 1960. Geology around the University towns: the<br />

Durham area. Colchester.<br />

DUNHAM K. C. 1960/61. Background to a Borehole. (Rookhope). JDCGIS 1 (3) pp<br />

18-21.<br />

13


DUNN, T. C. 1965. Insects. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper<br />

Teesdale. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

DUNN, T. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> Lepidoptera. In: Durham County and City with Teesside. Ed.<br />

J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

DUTTON, R. 1963. Studies into the ecological energetics of the wireworm<br />

Melanotus rufipes Hbst. (Coleoptera, Elateridae). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

DWERRYHO'USE, A. R. 1902. <strong>The</strong> glaciation of Teesdale, Wear dale and the Tyne<br />

Valley and their tributaries. QJGSL 58 pp 572-608.<br />

EASTWOOIX T. 1935. British regional geology: Northern England, London.<br />

EASTWOOD, T. 1946. Northern England. London.<br />

EDDY, A. & WELCH, D. 1969. Bryophyte species — list for the Moor House<br />

National Nature Reserve in Upper Teesdale. TNHSNS 77 pp 47-56.<br />

EDDY, A. & WELCH, D. 1967. A species list of flowering plants and ferns for the<br />

Moor House National Nature Reserve in Upper Teesdale. PBSBI 6 p 325.<br />

EDDY, A., WELCH, D. & RAWES, M. 1969. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of the Moor House<br />

National Nature Reserve in the Northern Pennines, England. Veg 16 p 1.<br />

EDWARD, D. B. 1964. <strong>The</strong> settlement factor in the rural problems of North East<br />

England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

EDWARDS, W. & TROTTER, F. M. 1954. <strong>The</strong> Pennines and Adjacent Areas.<br />

British Regional Geology. Geological Survey, London.<br />

EGGLESHAW, H. J. 1965. Observations on the Fauna of Wrack Beds. Trans. Soc.<br />

for British Entomology. 16 (8).<br />

ELGEE, F. 1916. <strong>The</strong> study of moors. Vas 2 46-49.<br />

ELKINGTON, T. T. 1962. Experimental taxonomy of some members of the Teesdale<br />

flora. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

ELLISON, C. 1961. <strong>The</strong> Gaunless valley area and town of Bishop Auckland. Ug Diss<br />

Geog D.<br />

EMBLETON, D. 1887. A Catalogue of Place-names in Teesdale. TNHSOS 9 p 1-<br />

223.<br />

EVANS, P. R. 1966/68. Wader migration in North East England. TNHSNS 16 pp<br />

126-151.<br />

14


FAIRFAX-BLAKEBOROUGH, J. 1924. <strong>The</strong> Badger in the North. Vas 10 pp 83-87.<br />

FAWCETT, J. W. 1890. Birds of Durham, pp 20. Consett.<br />

FAWCETT, J. W. 1890. <strong>The</strong> Tree Sparrow in the County of Durham. Nat.<br />

FAWCETT, J. W. 1900. Reptiles and Amphibians of the County of Durham. Nat p<br />

36. FAWCETT, J. W. 1905. An eminent Durham Naturalist -— Thomas John Bold.<br />

VDNFCOS 5 pp 58-64.<br />

FEATHERSTONHAUGH, W. 1892. <strong>The</strong> Ferns of the Derwent Valley. VDNFCOS 2<br />

pp 1-16.<br />

FORDHAM, W. J. 1926. Notes on some Durham Diptera. Vas 72 pp 71-76 and 84-<br />

85.<br />

FORDHAM, W. J. 1930. A preliminary list of the Diptera of Northumberland and<br />

Durham (excluding Cecidomyidae). TNHSNS 7 pp 197-265.<br />

FORDHAM, W. J. 1945. A preliminary list of the Diptera of Northumberland and<br />

Durham, excluding Cecidomyidae. TNHSNS 7.<br />

FORSTER, 1. H. 1955. <strong>The</strong> Derwent Valley, County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

FORTUNE, R. 1887. Ornithological notes from Northumberland and Durham during<br />

1885. Nat pp 132-133.<br />

FORTUNE, T. C. & WALLACE, H. S. 1905. Note on Mr. Bagnall's recent addition<br />

to the British insect fauna. (Triplax bicolor,) Gyll., (scutellaris Charp) VDNFCOS 5<br />

pp 82-86.<br />

FRASER, A. J. L. 1970. <strong>The</strong> distribution of the flies of the families Calliphoridae and<br />

Muscidae (Diptera) in different habitats. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

FRISBY, M. E. 1961. <strong>The</strong> rendzina soils of the magnesian series in Durham, PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

GAMAN, J. H. 1970. Observations on phenotypic variability with in populations of<br />

Elodea canadensis in County Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

GARRETT, F. C. 1934. <strong>The</strong> butterflies of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 20 pp<br />

45-48.<br />

GEORGE, D. R. 1969. Some aspects of the ecology of woodlice. MSc Diss D.<br />

15


GIBBONS. D. S. & WHITTON, B. A. 1966. Ponds and reservoirs in County<br />

Durham. JDUNHS 72.<br />

GIBBONS, D. S. 1968. Ecological studies on flies associated with dung, with<br />

particular reference to Scopeuma species (Diptera). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

GILL, E. L. 1905. Mammals. In: Victoria County History of Durham. London.<br />

GILLEGHAN, J. A. 1958. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Parmssia palustris on the Magnesian<br />

Limestone of County Durham and West Yorkshire. JDCNHS 5 pp 17-19.<br />

GIRLING, D. J. 1969. Comparison of the life histories of different varieties of<br />

Mitopus morio (Arachnida, Opiliones). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

GIRLING, D. J. 1969. A study of the swarming behaviour and the effects of the<br />

weather on the activity of Trichocera (Diptera) MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

GLASSPOOLE, J. 1932. <strong>The</strong> rainfall of the Tees Valley. Brit. Rainf. pp 289-291.<br />

GLEN, D. M. H. 1967. Upper Weardale, development on decay.Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

GLENDINNING, D. R. 1954/55. Notes on a colony of Ophioglossum vulgatum L.<br />

JDCNHS 2 pp 3-7.<br />

GODDARD, T. R. 1929. History of the Natural History Society of Northumberland,<br />

Durham and Newcastle upon Tyne, 1829<br />

1929. Newcastle.<br />

GODWIN, H. 1949. <strong>The</strong> spreading of the British flora considered in relation to<br />

conditions of the late-glacial period. JE 37 pp 140-147.<br />

GODWIN, H. & WALTERS, S. M. 1967. <strong>The</strong> scientific importance of Upper<br />

Teesdale. PBSBI 6 pp 348-351.<br />

GOSS, C. 1967. An investigation of the possible effects of pollution on some<br />

members of the periphyton in the littoral zone of the North East coast of England.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

GREENWELL, J. 1935. Weardale Kingfishers. Vas 21 pp 121 -127.<br />

GREEVE-FYSHER. 1925. Mollusca of Middleton-in-Teesdale<br />

16


GREGORY, S. & SMITH, K. 1967. Local temperature and humidity contrasts around<br />

small lakes and reservoirs. Weather 22 (12) pp 497-505.<br />

GREY, F. G. & TBMPERLEY, G. W. 1957/58. Ornithological reports for<br />

Northumberland and Durham for 1956 and 1957. TNHSNS 12 pp 25-68, 185-220.<br />

GREY, F. G. 1958/60. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and Durham for<br />

1958/59. TNHSNS 13 pp 121-150, 215-246.<br />

GRIEFF, S. 1956. Influence of physical features on the development of Sunderland.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1932. Notes on the flora of Butterby Marsh, Durham. Vas 18 pp<br />

136-137.<br />

GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1935. Framwellgate Moor Carr. Vas 21 pp 96-98.<br />

GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1936. A preliminary list of the freshwater algae of<br />

Northumberland and Durham. Vas 22 89-95.<br />

GRIFFITHS, B. M. 1936. <strong>The</strong> limnology of the Long Pool, Butter by Marsh,<br />

Durham: an account of th temperature, oxygen content, and composition of the water<br />

and of the periodicity and distribution of the phyto and plankton. JLinnSB 50 pp 393-<br />

416.<br />

HALE, W. G. 1962. Studies on the biology of moorland Collem bola. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HALL, K. 1967. Population trends in County Durham: with special refence to future<br />

development. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

HALLS, H. C. 1964. Analysis of noise in the Rookhope area. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1869/70. On Janassa bituminosa Schlotheim, from<br />

the Marl-Slate of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 3 pp 339-357.<br />

HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On a new Labyrinthodont Amphibian from<br />

the Magnesian Limestone of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 219-231.<br />

HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On Proterosaurus speneri von Meyer, and a<br />

new species, Proterosaurus huxleyi, from the marl-slate of Midderidge, Durham.<br />

TNHSOS 4 232-242.<br />

HANCOCK, A. & HOWSE, R. 1871/72. On Dorypterus hoffmanni Germar, from the<br />

marl-slate of Midderidge, Durham. TNHSOS 4 DD 243-268.<br />

17


HANCOCK, J. 1874. A catalogue of the birds of Northumberland and Durham,<br />

TNHSOS 6 pp 1-67.<br />

HANCOCK, J. 1878/80. Notes on the breeding of the stock dove, Columba oenas L.,<br />

in County Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 359 361.<br />

HANCOCK, J. 1884/89. Occurrence of Sabine's Gull, Lams sabini Leach in County<br />

Durham. TNHSOS 8 pp 27-28. HANDLEY, R. 1970. A summertime study of wood<br />

mice and bank voles in Castle Eden Dene. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

HARBORD, N. H. 1962. Mineralogy of Yoredale series rocks in Upper Teesdale<br />

with special reference to clay minerals. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HARDY, G. E. 1958. Studies in the quantitative morphology and ecology of<br />

Melandrium rubrum (Weig.) Garcke in the County of Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

HARRISON, H. H. 1925. Birtley Marshes. Vas 11 pp 115-117.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1915. Coccidae observed in Durham and North Yorkshire. Nat<br />

pp 78-81.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. <strong>The</strong> wild rose of Durham. Nat pp 9-13.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. Aleuropteryx lutea Wallengren: a Neuropteron new to<br />

Britain. Nat pp 97-98.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1916. <strong>The</strong> history and geography of the shubby cinquefoil.<br />

Vas 2 pp 49-51.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. A new species and genus of Aleyrodidae from Durham.<br />

Vas 3 pp 60-62.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. A survey of Lower Tees Marshes and reclaimed areas<br />

adjoining them. TNHSNS 5 (1).<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. Birtley Fell. Vas 3 pp 115-118.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. New and rare Homoptera in the Northern Counties.<br />

Entomologist. 50.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1917. <strong>The</strong> genera Orchis and Gymnadenia in Durham. Vas 3<br />

pp 86-89.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1918. A survey of the Lower Tees Marshes and of the<br />

reclaimed area adjoining them. TNHSNS 5 pp 89 -154.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1921. <strong>The</strong> variation of Primula farinosa L. in County Durham.<br />

Vas 7 21-25<br />

18


HARRISON, J. W. H. 1922. More plants from the Blackhall Rocks. Vas 9 pp 122-<br />

123.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1925. <strong>The</strong> Durham orchids. Vas 11 121-124.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1926. Late September on Waldridge Fell. Vas 72 pp 14-16.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1926. <strong>The</strong> Lepidopterous genus Tephrosia and certain of its<br />

allies in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 12 137-139.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1930. A revision of certain Northern Rose Groups. Nat.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1939. <strong>The</strong> dragonflies of Northumberland and Durham. Vas 25<br />

pp 40-41.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. & TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. <strong>The</strong> Flora of the Three<br />

Northern Counties. In: Headlam, C. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Three Northern Counties. Gateshead.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1940. <strong>The</strong> humble-bees of Northumberland and Durham. Vas<br />

26 pp 17-19.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1949. Insects — Scientific survey of North East England for<br />

British Association.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1949. Flora. In: British Association Survey of North East<br />

England, pp 49-57. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. & RICHARDSON, J. A. 1953. <strong>The</strong> Magnesian Limestone area<br />

of Durham and its vegetation. TNNU 2 (1) pp 1-28.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. 1954. <strong>The</strong> wild roses of Northumberland and Durham. History<br />

and Trans. of Consett & District Nats. Field Club.<br />

HARRISON, J. W. H. & RICHARDSON, J. A. 1954. Further investigations in the<br />

Flora of the 'Magnesian Limestone area of Durham PUDPS.<br />

HARRISON, Y. 1953. <strong>The</strong> Genus Rubus L. in Northumberland and Durham. TNNU<br />

2 (1) pp 29-39.<br />

HART-JONES, B. E. 1969. <strong>The</strong> investigation of a humus deposit in Cuthbert's Wood,<br />

County Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

HAUGHAN, K. 1968. A village study in the Upper Derwent Valley, County<br />

Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

HAYNES, P. W. 1967. <strong>The</strong> geology of the country around High Force Force, Upper<br />

Teesdale. Ug Diss Geol D.<br />

19


HEADLAM. C. 1939. <strong>The</strong> three Northern Counties of England.<br />

HEAL, O. W. 1959. Investigations on Protozoa with special reference to moorland<br />

forms. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HEAL, 0. W. 1963. Cladocera (Crustacea) from Pennine Moor land. Nat pp 47-49.<br />

HENDERSON, D. G. 1970. Some nutritional studies on the wood mouse Apodemus<br />

sylvaticus, MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

HERDMAN, T. 1909. <strong>The</strong> glacial phenomena of the Vale of Derwent.PUDPS 3 pp<br />

109-118.<br />

HERDMAN, W. 1902. <strong>The</strong> Yoredale rocks of Teesdale. Darlington.<br />

HEWETSON, V. P. 1970. A study of the vegetational history of Widdybank Fell in<br />

Upper Teesdale. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HEWETT, W. 1894. Spilosoma lubricipeda and its varieties radiata, eboracori,<br />

fasciata etc. in Yorkshire, Durham, Lincolnshire etc. Nat pp 353-362.<br />

HICKLING, H.G. A. etal 1931. Contributions to the geology of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. PGAL 42 217-294.<br />

HODGE, B. L. 1965. <strong>The</strong> great cyclotherm of Northern England. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis<br />

D.<br />

HODGE, G. 1871/72. Catalogue of the Echinodermata of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 120-150.<br />

HODGSON, G. W. I. 1967. A comparative analysis of faunal remains from some<br />

Roman and native sites in Northern England. 2 vols. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HOPKINS, W. 1948. Thirteen publications on coal measures of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

HORNUNG, M. 1969. Morphology, mineralogy and genesis of some soils on the<br />

Moorhouse National Nature Reserve. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HOROBIN, J. C. 1971. Studies on the biology of moorland Tipulidae with particular<br />

reference to Molophilus ater Meign. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HORRELL, E. C. 1903. Sphagna of Upper Teesdale. JB p 180.<br />

HOUSE, J. W. 1969. Industrial Britain: <strong>The</strong> North East. Newton Abbot.<br />

HOUSTON, W. N. K. 1970. Ecological studies on moorland ground beetles.<br />

(Coleoptera, Carabidae). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

20


HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Catalogue of the fishes of the rivers and coast of<br />

Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent sea. TNHSOS 10 pp 327-390.<br />

HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Contributions towards a catalogue of the flora of the<br />

Carboniferous system of Northumberland and Durham. (1) Fossil plants from the<br />

Hutton collection. TNHSOS 10 pp 19-152.<br />

HOWSE, R. 1888/90. Note on the South Durham salt borings, with remarks on the<br />

fossils found in the Magnesian Limestone cores, and the geological position of the<br />

salt. TNHSOS 10 pp 220-226.<br />

HOWSE, R. 1894. Additions to the catalogue of the fishes of the rivers and coast of<br />

Northumberland and Durham and the adjacent sea. TNHSOS 11 pp 350-356.<br />

HOWSE, R. 1894. Note on the Conglobated form of the Magnesian Limestone of the<br />

County of Durham. TNHSOS 11 pp 60-65.<br />

HUGHES, M. K. 1970. Ecosystem Energetics (Wynyard, County Durham). JDUBS<br />

16 pp 16-23.<br />

HUGHES, M. K. 1970. Investigations of the Ecosystem Energetics of an English<br />

woodland. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1900. Catalogue of the spiders (Araneidea) of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. TNHSOS 13 pp 57-107.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1901. Spiders of Northumberland and Durham: some notes of recent<br />

captures. Nat 365-368.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1909/13. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province, TNHSNS 4 pp 381-<br />

409.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1913. Orobatidae (Beetle-mites) of the County of Durham, with special<br />

reference to the Derwent Valley. VDNFCNS 1 (2) 152-158.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1916. Flowering plants of an upland dale — West Allendale. Vas 2 pp 1-<br />

6.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. TNHSNS 5 pp 13-88.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1919. Celtic survivals in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 5 pp 158-<br />

171.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1920. Upper Teesdale place names. Vas 6 pp 82-90.<br />

HULL, J. E. 1922. Some guests of local ants. Vas 8 pp 126-130.<br />

21


HUMPHREYS, K. 1968. <strong>The</strong> geographical significance of motorways with special<br />

reference to the Durham motorway. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

HUTCHINGS, W. M. 1898. <strong>The</strong> Contact Rocks of the Great Whin Sill. GM pp 69-<br />

82, 123-131.<br />

HUTCHINSON. 1966. Occurrence of living and sub-fossil remains of Betula nana in<br />

Upper Teesdale. NP 65.<br />

INGHAM, W. 1901. Sphagna of Yorkshire and Durham. Nat. pp 145-148.<br />

INGHAM, W. 1902. Harpidioid Hypna of Yorkshire and Durham. Nat. pp 93-96.<br />

JACKSON, A. R. 1908. A note on some rare spiders from the Derwent Valley.<br />

VDNFCNS 1 (1) pp 31-32.<br />

JACKSON, L. 1957. Upper Teesdale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

JACKSON, R. S. 1968. Aquifer studies in County Durham and Nairobi area, Kenya.<br />

MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

JEFFREYS, H. 1916. On the vegetation of four Durham coal measure fells. JE 4 nos.<br />

3 & 4.<br />

JEFFRIES, P. S. 1966. <strong>The</strong> human geography of Weardale, County Durham. Ug Diss<br />

Geog D.<br />

JOHN, D. M. 1968. Studies on littoral and sublittoral ecosystems. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1959/60. Peat with flints (Great Dun Fell). JDCGIS pp 6-8.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L. & DUNHAM, K. C. 1963. <strong>The</strong> Geology of Moorhouse. Nat.<br />

Conserv. Men. 2 H.M.S.O.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1965. Geology. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> natural history of<br />

Upper Teesdale. pp 12-22. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L. 1970. Geology. Durham County and City with Teesside. British<br />

Association, ed. J. C. Dewdney.<br />

Durham.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L. et al. 1970. Geology of Durham County.<br />

TNHSNS 77 5-152.<br />

JOHNSON, G. A. L., ROBINSON, D. & HORNING, M. 1971. Unique bedrocks and<br />

soils associated with the Teesdale flora. Nature 232.<br />

22


JOHNSON, M. 1957. <strong>The</strong> ecology and sexual behaviour of stocks of P. caudatum<br />

from the North East and North West of England. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

JOHNSON, M. E. 1961. Stratigraphy and age of the peat deposits of the Moorhouse<br />

Reserve. Unpublished.<br />

JOHNSON, W. 1884/89. A catalogue of Mr. N. J. Winch's lichens now in the<br />

Museum of the Natural History Society, Newcastle upon Tyne. TNHSOS 8 pp 307-<br />

325.<br />

JOHNSON, W. 1905. A Derwentside rarity — a Chough. VDNFCOS 5 p 87.<br />

JOHNSTONE, D. 1964. <strong>The</strong> development, settlement pattern and structure of<br />

population of Tyneside, Wearside and Teesside. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

JONES, D. J. 1968. Energy cycling in the sea. JDUBS 14.<br />

JONES, D. J. 1970. Ecological studies of the fauna inhabitating the hapteron of the<br />

kelp plant Laminaria hyperborea. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

JONES, G. 1. 1970. <strong>The</strong> effects of weathering on the strength of some British coal<br />

measure rocks. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

JONES, H. LI. 1956. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the area between Middletonin-Teesdale<br />

and Woodlands. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

JONES, K. 1969. Mineralogy and geochemistry of the Lower and Middle Magnesian<br />

Limestone of County Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

JORDAN, A. M. 1955. Studies on Coleophora caespititiella Zeil. (Lep) associated<br />

with Juncus squarrosus L. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

JOURNAL, THE. 1963. Supplement: Newcastle and Gateshead Water Company<br />

Centenary.<br />

KEENLYSIDE, W. A. H. 1952. <strong>The</strong> Geology of the Cronkley Fell — Forest-in-<br />

Teesdale Area and Upper Teesdale. BSc <strong>The</strong>sis Sheffield.<br />

KENNARD, M. F. KNILL, J. L. 1969. Reservoirs on limestone, with particular<br />

reference to the Cow Green scheme. Journal of the Institute of Water Engineers. 23<br />

(2) pp 87-135.<br />

KERSAW, A. P. 1967. <strong>The</strong> investigation of a lowland peat bog in County Durham.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

23


KIME, R. D. 1964. A study of two bird fleas, Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank) and<br />

Dasypsyllus gallmulae (Dale) in the nests of hole nesting birds. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

KIRBY, D. A. 1968. Some physical and economic aspects of water in use in the<br />

Wear Basin. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

KIRBY. J. W. 1865/67. On some remains of fish and plants from the upper limestone<br />

of the Permian series of Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 64-83.<br />

KIRBY, J. W. 1865/67. On the fossils of -the Marl-slate and lower Magnesian<br />

Limestone, Durham. TNHSOS 7 pp 184-200.<br />

KIRBY, J. W. & DUFF, J. 1871/72. Notes on the geology of part of South Durham.<br />

TNHSOS 4 pp 150-198.<br />

KNIGHT, J. L. 1968/69. <strong>The</strong> nomenclature of the great limestone of the Alston<br />

Block. JAHS 3 (3) pp 19-21.<br />

KNIGHT, J. 1970. Renegade badger in County Durham. Nat pp<br />

95-96.<br />

KUBIK, M. L. 1970. Foundation problems in the new town of<br />

Killingworth. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

LACHLAN, C. 1968. Energy flow through a population of Great Tits, with notes on<br />

Blue Tits. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

LAMBELLE, G. 1965. Three Rivers Country. 2 & 3. <strong>The</strong> Northern Echo, July 14 &<br />

15.<br />

LEBOUR, G. A. 1878. Outlines of the geology of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

LEBOUR, G. A. 1884/5. Note on an abnormal deposit of drift coal in North Durham.<br />

Nat. pp 178-180.<br />

LEBOUR, G. A. 1889. Visit of the British Association to Newcastle upon Tyne,<br />

Official and Local Guide. Geology and Natural History edited by G. A. Lebour.<br />

LEBOUR, G. A. 1904/06. Victoria County History of Durham.<br />

LEBOUR, M. V. 1905. Note on Velletia lacustris. Gray. VDNFCOS 5 p 88.<br />

LEE, P. C. 1966. <strong>The</strong> population and settlement in Upper Tees dale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

LENTON, G. M. 1970. A study of the activity of six species of Harvest-spiders,<br />

(Arachnida, Opiliones). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

LEWIN, S. A. 1970. An investigation into field populations of Galliphorine flies with<br />

special reference to the age structure of female Galliphora. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

24


LEWIS, F. J. 1904. <strong>The</strong> geographical distribution of vegetation of the basins of the<br />

Rivers Eden, Tees, Wear and Tyne. GEOG. J. 23 pp 313-331.<br />

LOCKERY, A. R. 1970. Quaternary sea-level change, lake formation and associated<br />

glacial events, with special reference to the lower Tees basin. 2 vols. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

LOFTHOUSE, R. 1887. <strong>The</strong> River Tees: its marshes and their fauna. Nat pp 1-16.<br />

LOFTHOUSE, R. 1890. Bird-notes from the Tees district during the late autumn and<br />

winter months 1889-90. Nat pp 97-98. LOFTHOUSE, T. A. 1917. A few notes from<br />

Upper Teesdale. Vas 8 pp 27-29.<br />

LOGAN, A. 1962. <strong>The</strong> revision of the palaeontology of the Permian limestone of<br />

County Durham. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N.<br />

LONGSTAFFE, W. H. 1909. Darlington, its Annals and Characteristics.<br />

LOUSLEY, J. B. 1928. Upper Teesdale. 44th Annual report Watson Botany ex. Club.<br />

pp 413-414.<br />

MacEWAN, C. M. 1967. A study on the bioenergetics of a fresh water gastropod,<br />

Planorbis planabis L. in a small pond. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

MANLEY, G. 1936. <strong>The</strong> climate of the Northern Pennines. QJRMS 62 pp 103-113.<br />

MANLEY, G. 1938. High level records from the Northern Pennines. Meteorological<br />

Magazine 73 pp 69-72.<br />

MANLEY, G. 1942. Meteorological observations on Dun Fell. QJRMS 68 pp 151-<br />

165.<br />

MANLEY, G. 1943. Further climatological averages for the Northern Pennines with<br />

a note on topographical effects. QJRMS 69 pp 251-261.<br />

MANSON,. R. T. 1884. Zigzag ramblings.<br />

MANSON, R. T. 1897. <strong>The</strong> Geology of the Tees Valley. Darling ton.<br />

MANSON, R. T. 1899. <strong>The</strong> Geology of South Durham, Darling ton and Teesdale.<br />

MARSHALL, A. 1969. Geotechnical aspects of the glacial deposits of the Team<br />

Wash. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

25


McINTOSH, W. C. 1871/72. Report on a collection of annelids dredged of<br />

Northumberland and Durham. TNHSOS 4 pp 118 120.<br />

McKEE, R. F. 1965. An investigation in the East Durham plateau<br />

into the problems of soil survey in relation to agricultural<br />

productivity. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

McLELLAN, A. G. <strong>The</strong> Derwent Reservoir Scheme. <strong>The</strong> River Boards Association,<br />

pp 23-28.<br />

MEEK, A. 1904/07. On fishes of the North East coast. TNHSNS 1 35-38.<br />

MEESE, G. B. 1969. Some aspects of energy balance in the bank vole<br />

(Clethrionomys glareolus). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

MEGORAN, M. A. 1963. Teesdale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

MENNEL & PERKINS. 1864. Catalogue of the Mammalia of Northumberland and<br />

Durham. TNFC 6 (2).<br />

MERRICK, E. 1915. On the formation of the River Tync drainage area. GM Decade<br />

6 2 pp 294-304, 353-360.<br />

METEOROLOGICAL OFFICE. 1963. Rainfall over the areas of the Northumberland<br />

and Tyneside and Wear and Tees River Boards, 1916-1950. Hydrological<br />

Memoranda 8 p 22.<br />

MILBURN, C. E. 1915. <strong>The</strong> breeding of the Ruff in Durham. Vas 1123-125.<br />

MILLINGTON, G. R. 1964. Stratigraphy and pollen analysis of the Burtree Lane<br />

peat bed. JDUNHS 10 pp 17-20.<br />

MINISTRY OF FUEL AND POWER. 1945. Durham coalfield, regional survey and<br />

report. Northern B. region.<br />

MINISTRY OF HOUSING & LOCAL GOVERNMENT. 1961. Wear and Tees<br />

hyrological survey: Hydrometric areas 24 & 25. H.M.S.O.<br />

MINISTRY OF TECHNOLOGY, HYDRAULIC RESEARCH<br />

STATION. 1966. <strong>The</strong> Tees Estuary. Report No. 336.<br />

MOREHOUSE. 1939. Conchology. In: Yorks. Nats. in Teesdale. Nat. pp 263-264.<br />

NELSON, J. M. 1971. <strong>The</strong> Invertebrates of an area of Pennine Moorland \vithin the<br />

Moor House Nature Reserve in Northern England. Trans. of Society for British<br />

Entomology. 19 (2).<br />

NELSON, T. H. 1889. Ornithological notes from Redcar and Teesmouth for 1887<br />

and 1888. Nat. pp. 81-86.<br />

26


NELSON, T. H. 1890. Bird notes from Redcar and Teesmouth for 1889-90. Nat. pp<br />

99-100.<br />

NEWCASTLE & GATESHEAD WATER CO. 1963. Water.<br />

NICHOLSON, F. W. 1905. Shotley Bridge. VDNFCOS J pp 49 57.<br />

NICHOLSON, J. B. & FLOWERS, J. E. 1926. Botanical notes from Darlington. Vas<br />

13 pp 33-35.<br />

NICHOLSON, J. B. 1929. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Hell Kettles. Vas 15 pp 2.7, 44-49, 83-<br />

88, 125-131.<br />

NICHOLSON, J. B. 1930. Notes on the flora of Upper Teesdale in 1840. Vas 14 pp<br />

90-92.<br />

NICHOLSON, J. B. 1940. Darlington 'first dates.' Vas 26 pp 20 24.<br />

NORRIS, J. M. 1965. <strong>The</strong> soils of old Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

NORTH REGIONAL PLANNING COMMITTEE, NORTHERN ADVISORY<br />

COUNCIL FOR SPORT AND RECREATION. 1967. Water sports in the Northern<br />

Region,<br />

NORTHUMBRIAN ANGLERS ASSOCIATION. 1965. Hand book and guide to<br />

North Country Angling.<br />

NOWERS, J. E. 1937. Notes on birds seen in Upper Teesdale. Vas 23 p 106.<br />

NOWERS, J. E. 1938. Notes on birds seen in Upper Teesdale. Vas 24 p 100.<br />

OAKLEY, H. R. & DYER, E. A. 1966. Investigations of sea outfalls for Tyneside<br />

sewage disposal. Proc. Institute of Civil Engineers 33 pp 201-230.<br />

OLDFIELD, C. J. 1968. A study of the agonistic behaviour of the long-tailed field<br />

mouse (Apodemus sylvaticus) and the bank vole (Clethrionomys glareolus), MSc<br />

Diss Ecol D.<br />

OMER-COOPER, J. 1931. Some notes on Dytiscidae collected in Northumberland<br />

and Durham in 1930. Vas 11 pp 43-50.<br />

PARRACK, J. D. & BELL, D. G. 1970. Ornithological report for Northumberland<br />

and Durham for 1968. TNHSNS 77 pp 79 112.<br />

PATTINSON, R. 1962/63. Namurian chamosite oolites on the Alston Block. JDCGIS<br />

7 pp 8-14.<br />

PATTINSON, R. 1964. Stratigraphy and sedimentation of the Namurian strata in the<br />

Coalcleugh-Rookhope district, Northern Pennines. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D<br />

27


PEABODY, A. J. & WHITTON, B. A. 1968. Algae of the River Wear; 1. Diatoms.<br />

Nat. pp 89-96.<br />

PEABODY, A. J. 1969. Diatoms of the River Wear. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

PEACHEY, J. E. 1959. Studies on the Enchytraeidae of moor land soils. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis<br />

D.<br />

PEACOCK, A. D. 1925. <strong>The</strong> history and geography in outline of the flora and fauna<br />

of Northumberland and Durham. Vas II pp 65-71,104-109.<br />

PEARSALL W. H. & MASON, F. A. 1925. Middleton-in-Teesdale and its natural<br />

history. Nat. pp 249-252.<br />

PETERLEE DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION. 1967. Castle Eden Dene, Peterlee.<br />

PHILLIPS, B. J. 1969. A study of the effect of modern agricultural practice on the<br />

growth physiology of two crop plants, with special reference to fertilizer treatments.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

PIGOTT, C. D. & WALTERS, S. M. 1954. On the interpretation of the discontinuous<br />

distributions shown by certain British species of open habitats. JE 42 pp 95-116.<br />

PIGOTT, C. D. 1956. <strong>The</strong> vegetation of Upper Teesdale in the North Pennines. JE 44<br />

pp 545-586.<br />

POLLARD, J. E. 1962. Carboniferous Ostracod-Mussel bands in Northern England.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

PORTER,, W. B. 1969. <strong>The</strong> construction of an energy budget for the Cinnabar Moth<br />

(Callimorpha jacobaeae L.) and the use of this moth in the biological control of<br />

Ragwort (Senecio jacobaea L.) MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

POTTER, M. C. 1908. Fungus Foray in Gibside. VDNFCNS 1 (1) pp 39-40.<br />

POTTS, G. R. 1966. Studies on a marked population of the Shag (Phalacrocorax<br />

aristotelis), with special reference to the breeding biology of birds of known age.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

PRATT, K. A. 1968. <strong>The</strong> 'Haar' of North East England. Northumberland, Durham,<br />

Yorkshire. Ug Diss Geol D.<br />

PRESTON, H. 1915. <strong>The</strong> Black Hall Rocks — a naturalist's paradise. Vas 7 pp 14-<br />

18.<br />

PRESTON, H. 1916. Marine zoology at Redcar. Vas 2 pp 33-37.<br />

PRESTON, H. 1923. Marine biology at Black Hall Rocks. Vas 9 pp 83-84.<br />

28


PRESTON, H. 1929. Flint work-sites in north east Durham. Vas 15 pp 137-141.<br />

PRITCHETT, H. D. 1935. <strong>The</strong> remains of Roman Piercebridge. Vas 21 pp 42-46.<br />

PROCTOR, H. G. 1965. Mankind. In: Valentine, D. H. (ed.) <strong>The</strong> Natural History of<br />

Upper Teesdale. pp 5-11. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

PROCTOR, W. 1846. List of Birds. In: Ornsby, G. Sketches of Durham, pp 196-201.<br />

RAISTRICK, A. 1932. Prehistoric invasions of Northumberland and Durham. TNNU<br />

7 p 187.<br />

RAISTRICK, A. 1933. A prehistoric site on the south Durham Coast. Vas 19 pp 129-<br />

144.<br />

RAISTRICK, A. 1935. Some Pennine weather records of the 19th century. Vas pp<br />

50-51.<br />

RAISTRICK, A. & BLACKBURN, K. B. 1931. <strong>The</strong> late-glacial and post-glacial<br />

periods in the Northern Pennines. TNNU 7 pp 16-36,79-104.<br />

RAISTRICK, A. & JENNINGS, B. 1965. History of lead mining in the Pennines.<br />

London.<br />

RAMSDEN, D. M. 1947. Teesdale. London.<br />

RANDRIAMAMONSY, F. 1967. Studies on the overwintering of mosquitoes at<br />

Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

RAW, W. 1925. Birds of Middleton-in-Teesdale area. Yorks. Nats. Union Circular<br />

No. 320.<br />

REA, C. 1908. Visit of the British Mycological Society to Gibside. List of the Fungi<br />

and Mycetozoa found there. VDFCNS 7 (1) pp 33-35.<br />

READING, H. G. 1954. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the syncline of Stainmore.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

READING, H. G. 1957. <strong>The</strong> statigraphy and structure of the Cotherstone syncline.<br />

QJGSL 113 pp 27-56.<br />

REAY, R. C. 1959. A population study on Coleophora alticolella Zeil. (Lep.) PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

RICHARDSON, D. 1968. A History of the River Wear. Unpublished.<br />

RICHARDSON, J. A. 1957. Magnesian Limestone flora. JDCNHS 026.<br />

29


RICHMOND, G. A. 1970. An agricultural geography of Upper Weardale. Ug Diss<br />

Geog. D.<br />

RICHMOND, W. K. 1930. Waders on Darlington sewage farm. Vas 16 pp 23-26.<br />

RIELEY, J. 0. 1967. <strong>The</strong> ecology of Carex flacca Schreb. & Carex panicea L. PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

RITSON, F. W. 1900. A ramble in North West Durham. Nat pp 133-139.<br />

ROBINSON, J. F. 1892. <strong>The</strong> Glacial Drift in the Vale of Derwent. VDNFCOS 2 pp<br />

24-33.<br />

ROBINSON, W. H. 1969. Some aspects of the engineering geology of the City of<br />

Durham. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

ROBSON, E. 1794. Plantae Dunelmenses. DNHS.<br />

ROBSON, J. E. 1902. Acatalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />

and Newcastle upon Tyne. Vol. I Macro-Lepidoptera, TNHSOS 72 Part 2, pp 194-<br />

318.<br />

ROBSON, J. E. 1899. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Newcastle, Northumberland<br />

and Durham. Vol. I Macro Lepidoptera TNHSOS Part 1. pp 1-194.<br />

ROBSON, J. E. 1905. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />

and Newcastle. Vol 2 Micro Lepidoptera. TNHSOS 75 Part I pp 1-106.<br />

ROBSON, J. E. 1913. A catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Durham<br />

and Newcastle. Vol 2 Micro Lepidoptera. TNHSOS 75 Part 2 pp 167-289.<br />

ROBSON, J. P. 1927. Some Teesdale records of Lepidoptera. Vas 13 pp 140-147 &<br />

14 pp 115-120.<br />

ROBSON, S. 1775. Plantae rariores agro Dumelmensi indigenae.<br />

ROBSON, S. 1777. British Flora.<br />

ROBSON, T. 1915. Observations of the Mammalia of the Derwent Valley.<br />

VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 88-90.<br />

ROBSON, T. 1913. Some notes on the Ornithology of the Derwent Valley.<br />

VDNFCNS 1 (2) pp 91-95.<br />

ROEBUCK, W. D. 1889. Report for Conchological Section of Y.N.U. meeting in<br />

Upper Teesdale. Nat pp 282-283.<br />

ROLLIN, C. N. 1928. <strong>The</strong> birds of Jarrow Slake. Vas 14 pp 144 -147.<br />

ROLLIN, C. N. 1929. A north-east Durham bird resort. Vas 75 pp 141-145.<br />

30


ROLLIN, N. 1931. A preliminary survey of the habits and move ments of gulls about<br />

Tyneside. I & II. Vas 17 pp 17-23, 51 58.<br />

ROSE, F. HAWKSWORTH, D. L. & COPPINS, B. J. 1970. A lichenological<br />

excursion through the North of England. Nat no. 913 pp 49-55.<br />

ROUND-TURNER, N. L. 1968. Some aspects of the ecology of Sesleria caerulea<br />

(L.) and subsp. calcarea. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

RUSSEL-SMTTH. A. 1967. Energy flow through a population of Oribatid Mites.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

RUXTON, J. E. 1926. Some Hymenoptera Aculeata from the Upper Derwent Valley.<br />

Vas 12 pp 96-98.<br />

RUXTON, J. E. 1927. Further notes on the Hymenoptera Aculeata of the Shotley<br />

Bridge district. Vas 13 98-102.<br />

RUXTON. J. E. 1928. Some Derwent Valley birds. Vas 14 pp 57 58.<br />

SALMON, C. E. 1914. Notes upon Teesdale Plants. JB 52 pp 138-139.<br />

SAUNDERS, T. W. 1910. Notes on Conchology in Upper Tees dale. Nat.<br />

SHAW. E. M. 1957. Rainfall and runoff: hydrological studies in Weardale. MSc<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

SHAW, G. A. 1950. Some Teesdale mosses. Nat p 59.<br />

SHEPPARD, T. 1910. Natural history of Middleton-in-Teesdale. Nat pp 260-267.<br />

SHIMWELL, D. W. 1968. Conspectus Florae Dunelmensis. JDUBS 14.<br />

SHIMWELL, D. W. 1968. <strong>The</strong> phytosociology of calcareous grass lands in the<br />

British Isles. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

SHIMWELL, D. W. 1969. <strong>The</strong> status of the class Elynoseslerietalia Br.-BL. in the<br />

British Isles. MFA NF14 pp 309-321.<br />

SIMPSON, N. D. 1960. A Bibliographical Index of the British Flora.<br />

SIMPSON, R. 1964. Some geographical aspects of the agriculture of the Hartlepools<br />

region. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

SIMS, R. E. 1969. A study of the marine fouling ecosystems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

31


SISSONS, J. B. 1960. Erosion surfaces, cyclic slopes and drainage systems in<br />

Southern Scotland and Northern England. TIBG 28 pp 23-39.<br />

SLEDGE, W. A. 1940. Teesdale Plants. Nat pp 252-253.<br />

SMAILES, M. A. 1960. North England.<br />

SMITH, D. B. 1967. Geology of the County between Durham and West Hartlepool.<br />

Memoirs of the Geographical Survey, England and Wales. New Series, Sheet 27.<br />

SMITH,, D. B. 1970. Submarine slumping and sliding in the Lower Magnesian<br />

Limestone of Northumberland and Durham. PYGS 38 pp 1-36.<br />

SMITH, K. Some thermal characteristics of two rivers in the Pennine area of<br />

Northern England. Journal of Hydrology 6 pp 405-416.<br />

SMITH, K. 1970. Weather and Climate. In: J. C. Dewdney, Durham County and City<br />

with Teesside. British Association, Durham.<br />

SMITH, L. F. 1969. Studies on Cladophora glomerata and its associate diatoms.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

SMITH, U. K. 1964. <strong>The</strong> occurrence of Senecio spathulifolius in Northern England.<br />

Nat pp 157-158.<br />

SMITH, W. G. & WOODHEAD, T. W. 1910. Botanical survey of Teesdale. Nat. pp<br />

311-314.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1921. Minerals of the North Country —- Graphite. Vas 7 pp 100-<br />

104.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1921. Minerals of the North Country. II — Fluorspar. Vas 8 pp 19-<br />

24.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1922. Minerals of the North Country. Ill — Barium minerals. Vas 8<br />

pp 90-93, 113-116.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1923. Minerals of the North Country — Galena. Vas 9 pp 89-93,<br />

106-109.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1924. Minerals of the North Country — Silicates. Vas 10 pp 66-69,<br />

100-103.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1924. Minerals of the North Country — Sulphides. Vas II pp 7-14.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1925. Minerals of the North Country -- Sulphates of Calcium,<br />

Sodium and Magnesium. Vas 77 pp 110-113.<br />

SMYTHE, J.A. 1926. Minerals of the North Country. Vas 72 pp 140-147.<br />

32


SMYTHE, J. A. 1926. Minerals of the North Country — Oxides of Iron and<br />

Manganese. Vas 13 pp 20-27.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — minerals of organic origin:<br />

Hydrocarbons. Vas 13 pp 41-48.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — minerals of organic origin:<br />

Dopplerite. Vas 13 pp 91-95.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1927. Minerals of the North Country — miscellaneous. Vas 14 pp<br />

12-17.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1931. <strong>The</strong> Whin Sill in Thinhope. Vas 77 pp 138 145.<br />

SMYTHE, J. A. 1933. Nickel-bearing Goslarite, Epsomite and Melanterite from<br />

County Durham. Vas 19 pp 12-17.<br />

SOPWITH, T. 1833. An account of the mining districts of Alston Moor, Weardale<br />

and Teesdale, comprising descriptive sketches of the scenery, antiquities,, geology<br />

and mining operations in the upper dales of the rivers Tyne, Wear and Tees. Alnwick.<br />

SOWERBY, M. R. G. 1964. Recent change in Durham coal mining industry. Ug Diss<br />

Geog D.<br />

SPRINGETT, J. A. 1967. An ecological study of moorland Enchytraeidae. PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

SPRUCE, R. 1844. <strong>The</strong> Musci and Hepaticae of Teesdale. Ann. and Mag. Natural<br />

History 13 pp 191-203, 271-281.<br />

SPRUCE, R. 1946. <strong>The</strong> Musci and Hepaticae of Teesdale. Trans. of the Botanical<br />

Society,, Edinburgh. 2 pp 65-89.<br />

SQUIRES, R. H. 1970. A contribution to the vegetational history of Upper Teesdale.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

STRACEY, R. A. 1961. <strong>The</strong> interpretation of a magnetic survey over the Whin<br />

Dykes. MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

STAINTHORPE, A. & DRURY, G. L. Northern Naturalists Union, Birds noted in<br />

Upper Teesdale. Vas 25 p 89.<br />

STALLYBRASS, H. G. 1970. A study of the upland and lowland forms of the<br />

Harvestman, Mitopus mario. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

STARKIE, A. 1970. An investigation of heavy metal ion concentrations in littoral<br />

and sub-littoral marine ecosystems. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

STARR, D. C. 1970. <strong>The</strong> effect of weathering on the stability of coal measure shales.<br />

MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

33


STEAD, P. J. 1963. Blue winged teal on Cowpen Marsh in 1881. TNHSNS 14 p 36.<br />

STEBBING, T. R. R. 1905. Crustaceans. In: Victoria County History of Durham.<br />

London.<br />

STEVENS, J. H. 1970. Sites of geomorphological interest in County Durham.<br />

GEOG. Oce. Papers 10.<br />

STEVENS, J. H. & ATKINSON, K. 1970. Soils and their capability. In: J. C.<br />

Dewdney, Durham County and City with Teesside. British Association, Durham.<br />

SVENDSEN, J. A. 1955. Studies on the earthworm fauna of Pennine moorland, PhD<br />

<strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

TARREN, G. R. 1959. Water supply in County Durham. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

TEGNER, H. S. 1961. Beasts of the North Country, from whales to shrews; with six<br />

pages of plates, two drawings. London.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. & COOKE, R. B. 1920. Some notes on the flora of Upper<br />

Teesdale. Vas 6 pp 48-51, 76-81.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1923. Some notes on the bird life of Ravens worth Park and<br />

the Lower Team Valley. Vas 9 pp 111-116.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1933. <strong>The</strong> Ballast-Hill flora of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

Vas 19 pp 131-133.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1934. Notes on the flora of Upper Teesdale. Vas 20 pp 95-97.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1938. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for the year 1937. Vas 24 pp 55-59, 89 92.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. Notes on some plants in Northumberland and Durham.<br />

Vas 25 pp 123-127.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1939. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1938. Vas 25 pp 42-51.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1940. <strong>The</strong> Black-headed Gull in Northumberland and Durham.<br />

Vas 26 pp 33-37.<br />

TEMPERLEYY, G. W. 1943. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1942. Nat pp 73-75.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1948. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1947. Nat pp 115-131.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1949. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1948. Nat DD 115-131<br />

34


TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1949. Nat pp 109-125.<br />

TEMPERLEYY, G. W. 1950. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1950. Nat pp 115-133.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1951. A history of the birds of Durham. TNHSNS 9 pp 5-296.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1952. Ornithological report for Northumberland and Durham<br />

for 1951. Nat pp 109-129.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950/53. Ornithological report for Northumberland and<br />

Durham for 1952.. TNHSNS 10 pp 101 152.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1950/53. <strong>The</strong> past and present status of the squirrels in<br />

Northumberland and Durham. TNHSNS 10 pp 153-164.<br />

TEMPERLEY, G. W. 1954/56. Ornithological reports for Northumberland and<br />

Durham for 1953, 1954 and 1955. TNHSNS pp 1-40, 87-132, 169-212.<br />

TERRY, C. R. 1959. Sunderland. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

THOMAS, R. 1964. Medieval Hartlepool. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

THORPE, H. <strong>The</strong> green villages of County Durham. TIBG 151949 pp 153-180.<br />

TICKLE, W. 1965. <strong>The</strong> future of the flora of Upper Teesdale. JDUNHS II.<br />

TRECHMANN, C. T. 1904. Neolithic remains in South Durham. Nat pp 77-78.<br />

TRECHMANN, C. T. 1905. Neolithic remains on the Durham coast. Nat pp 341-342,<br />

361-363.<br />

TRECHMANN, C. T. 1909/13. Notes on Neolithic Chipping sites in Northumberland<br />

and Durham. TNHSNS 4 pp 67-85.<br />

TRECHMANN, C. T. 1925. Scandnavian drift and Durham loess. PYGS.<br />

TRISTRAM, H. B. 1905. Birds. In: Victoria County History of Durham. London.<br />

TROTTER, F. M. 1927. <strong>The</strong> tertiary uplift and resultant drainage of the Alston Block<br />

and adjacent areas. PYGS 21 pp 161 181.<br />

TROTTER, F. M. 1929. Glaciation of Eastern Edenside, the Alston Block and the<br />

Carlisle Plain. QJGSL 85 pp 549-612.<br />

35


TROTTER, F. M. & HOLLINGWORTH, S. E. 1932. <strong>The</strong> glacial sequence in the<br />

North of England. GM 69 pp 374-380.<br />

TROTTER, F. M. 1944. <strong>The</strong> age of the ore deposits of the Lake District and the<br />

Alston Block. GM 81 pp 223-229.<br />

TULLY, H. 1936. <strong>The</strong> Little Owl in Northumberland and Durham. Vas 22 pp 41-45.<br />

TURING, H . D. 1947. <strong>The</strong> Tees; Pollution 2 pp 16-21.<br />

TURING, H. D. 1949. Wear; Pollution 3 pp 20-38.<br />

TURNER, J. 1970. Vegetational History in Durham City and County with Teesside.<br />

Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

TURNER, M. J. 1967. <strong>The</strong> influence of geological structure on the stability of rock<br />

slopes. MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

UTLEY, J. P. 1939. Ornithology of Holwick Scars and Upper Teesdale. Yorks. Nats.<br />

Union Circular No. 417.<br />

UZOZIE, I. C. 1962. Whitburn and its environs. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

VALENTINE, D. H. Ed. 1965. <strong>The</strong> Natural History of Upper Teesdale. Newcastle<br />

upon Tyne.<br />

VINCENT, P. J. 1969. <strong>The</strong> glacial history and deposits of a selected part of the<br />

Alston Block. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WAILES, C. 1854/58. Catalogue of Lepidoptera of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

TNFC 3.<br />

WALKER, P. A. 1969. Phenology of spiders in two habitats on a raised beach with<br />

some new records for County Durham. TNHSNS 77 pp 69-78.<br />

WALLACE, W. 1890. Alston Moor: its pastoral peoples, its mines and miners, from<br />

the earliest period to recent times. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

WALSH, G. B. 1910. Coleoptera of the Grangetown slagheaps. Nat pp 339-340.<br />

WALTERS, S. M. 1948. Alchemilla vulgaris agg. in Northern England. Nat pp 1-43.<br />

WANLESS, I. 1969. Upper Tees Valley: a study of recreation. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

WANLESS, T. W. 1964. Ponds. Northumberland and Durham Naturalists' Trust Ltd.<br />

Newsletter, p 10.<br />

WATTS, A. 1908/11. History of the Browney Valley. TNHSNS 3 pp 452-461<br />

36


WAUGHMAN, G. D. 1969. Studies of nitrogen fixation in the field using the<br />

acetylene reduction assay. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

WEARMOUTH, J. & BACKHOUSE, J. 1889. Vertebrate Zoology of Upper<br />

Teesdale. Yorks. Nats. Union Circular No. 81.<br />

WELCH, D. & RAWES, M. 1969. Moisture regime of soils on metamorphosed<br />

limestone in Upper Teesdale. TNHSNS 77 pp 57-68.<br />

WELLS, A. G. 1955. <strong>The</strong> stratigraphy and structure of the Middleton Tyas —<br />

Sleighthoime anticline. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WELLS, A. J. 1957. <strong>The</strong> glaciation of the Teesdale-Swaledale watershed. PUDPS 12<br />

p 82.<br />

WESTGATE, W. A. 1958. Some aspects of the geomorphology of the Durham coast.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WHITE, E. 1957. Ecological investigations on certain dung inhabitating Coleoptera,<br />

with special reference to the beetles of the Genus Aphodius (Illiger). PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WHITE, P. A. 1969. Portrait of County Durham. London. WHITTAKER, J. B. 1963.<br />

Studies on the Auchenorrhyncha (Hemiptera-lnsecta) of Pennine moorland with<br />

special reference to the Cercopidae. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WHITTON, B. A. 1967. Notes on the Wear and the Tees. JDUBS 13.<br />

WHITTON, B. A. 1967. Studies on the growth of riverain Cladophora in culture.<br />

Arch. Mikrobiol. 58 (1) pp 21-29.<br />

WHITTON, B. A. & DALPRA, M. 1968. Floristic changes in the River Tees. H 32<br />

pp 545-550.<br />

WHITTON, B. A. & BUCKMASTER, R. C. 1969. Macrophytes of the River Wear.<br />

Nat 914 pp 97-116.<br />

WHITTON, B. A. 1970. Freshwater Botany in: Durham County and City with<br />

Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

WIGNARAJAH, S. 1968. Energy dynamics of centipede populations<br />

(LITHOBIOMORPHA — L. crassipes and L. forficafus) in woodland ecosystems.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D.<br />

WILD, B. T. 1969. Pulverised magnesian limestone: its properties and behaviour.<br />

MSc Diss Geol D.<br />

WILLIAMS, F. 1963. Human problems in Weardale. Ug Diss Geog D.<br />

37


WILLIAMS, S. M. 1964. An economic geography of Teesdale and Langley Dale. Ug<br />

Diss Geog D.<br />

WILLIMOT, S. G. & GILCHRIST-SHIRLAW, D. W. 1960. Soils and Deposits in<br />

the Durham area. (1) Flurioglacial soils. PUDPS 13 pp 133-147.<br />

WILSON, M. J. 1969. Aspects of the feeding biology of the starling (Sturnus<br />

vulgaris). MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

WILSON, T. D. & WALLACE, A. 1963. Union list of scientific and technical<br />

periodicals in Northern libraries.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1805/07. <strong>The</strong> botanists' guide through the counties of Northumberland<br />

and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1816. Some Indigenous Roses. Monthly Mag.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1817. Observations on the geology of Northumberland and Durham.<br />

TGSL 4 pp 1.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1819. An essay on the Geographical Distribution of Plants through the<br />

Counties of Northumberland, Cumber land and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1825. An essay on the Geographical Distribution of Plants through the<br />

Counties of Northumberland, Cumber land and Durham. Newcastle upon Tyne.<br />

WINCH, N. J. 1831. Remarks on the distribution of the Indigenous plants of<br />

Northumberland and Durham, as connected with the geological structure of those<br />

Counties. TNHSOS 1 pp 50 57.<br />

WINFIELD, G. 1969. Effects on landscape of extractive industries in Weardale. Ug<br />

Diss Geog D.<br />

WINGATE, W. J. 1903. Durham Diptera. Nat pp 269-288.<br />

WINGATE,. W. J. 1904/07. A ramble up Bumhope. TNHSNS 1 pp 95-114.<br />

WINGATE, W. J. 1906. A preliminary list of Durham Diptera, with analytical tables.<br />

TNHSNS 2.<br />

WONG, M. G. 1969. Some edaphic factors related to the distribution of flora<br />

(including soil fungi) along the bank of the River Wear at Shincliffe, County<br />

Durham. MSc Diss Ecol D.<br />

WOODELL, S. R. J. & ROSSITER, J. 1954. <strong>The</strong> Flora of Durham Walls. JDCNHS 2<br />

pp 8-11.<br />

WOODWARD, B. B. 1905. Non-marine Molluscs. In: Victoria County History of<br />

Durham. London.<br />

38


WOODWARD, W. B. 1970. Conservation. In: Durham County and City with<br />

Teesside. Ed. J. C. Dewdney. British Association, Durham.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1900. On a portion of a raised-beach on the Fulwell Hills, near<br />

Sunderland. TNHSOS 13 pp 165-171.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1903. An explanation of the Claxheugh section. County Durham.<br />

TNHSOS 14 pp 213-221.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1905. <strong>The</strong> landslip at Claxheugh, County Durham, Sept. 1905.<br />

(Some geological reasons). TNHSNS 7 pp 434-436.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1908/11. Preliminary note on a case of Thrust and Crushbrecciation<br />

in the Magnesian Limestone, County Durham. TNHSNS 3 pp 46-48.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1918. On sections in the Lower Permian Rocks at Claxheugh and<br />

Down Hill, County Durham. TNHSNS 5 pp 155-162.<br />

WOOLACOTT, D. 1919. <strong>The</strong> physiography and geology of Penshaw Hill and<br />

district. Vas 5 pp 117-121.<br />

YEATES, G. K. 1948. Bird haunts in Northern Britain. London.<br />

C. SERIAL TITLES AND ABBREVIATIONS USED<br />

BRIT.RAINF. British Rainfall.<br />

DNHS Darlington Natural History Society.<br />

GEOGJ Geographical Journal.<br />

GM . Geological Magazine.<br />

H Hydrobiologica.<br />

JAHS . Journal of the Arthur Holmes Society.<br />

JAppE . Journal of Applied Ecology.<br />

JB. . Journal of Botany.<br />

JDCGgS Journal Durham Colleges Geographical Society.<br />

JDCGIS .Journal Durham Colleges Geological Society.<br />

JDCNHS .Journal Durham Colleges Natural History Society<br />

JE •Journal of Ecology.<br />

JLinnSB .Journal of the Linnaean Society—Botany.<br />

JDUBS .Journal Durham University Biological Society.<br />

JDUGS .Journal Durham University Geological Society<br />

JDUGgS .Journal Durham University Geographical Society<br />

JDUNHS .Journal Durham University Natural History Society<br />

L&MGJ .Liverpool and Manchester Geological Journal<br />

MFA,.: .Mitt.flor.-soz.Arbeitsgem.<br />

MGS(L).. Memoirs of the Geological Survey. London.<br />

MSc Diss Ecol D .MSc Dissertations are held by appropriate<br />

Departments, Durham Univ. Enquiries should be<br />

addressed to the Head of Department, Dept. of Botany<br />

or Zoology as appropriate.<br />

39


MSc <strong>The</strong>sis D MSc <strong>The</strong>sis of Durham University. Held in the Science<br />

Library. Enquiries to be addressed to the Keeper of the<br />

Science Books, Durham University.<br />

Nat <strong>The</strong> Naturalist, Hull.<br />

NAT.CONSER.MON. Nature Conservancy Monograph.<br />

NP . . . New Phytologist.<br />

PBSBI... Proc. Botanical Society, British Isles.<br />

PGAL . Proc. Geologists Association, London.<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis D. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis of Durham University are held in the<br />

Science Library. Enquiries to be addressed to the<br />

Keeper of the Science Books<br />

PhD <strong>The</strong>sis N. PhD <strong>The</strong>sis .of Newcastle University. Enquiries to the<br />

University Librarian.<br />

PUDPS . . Proc. University Durham Philosophical Society.<br />

PYGS . . . Proc. York Geol. Society.<br />

QJGSL . Quarterly Journal Geol. Society, London.<br />

QJRMS . . Quarterly Journal Royal Met. Soc.<br />

TGSG . . . Transactions Geol. Soc., Glasgow.<br />

TGSL . . . Transactions Geol. Soc., London.<br />

TIBG . . . Transactions of Institute of British Geographers.<br />

TNFC . . . Tyneside Naturalists Field Club.<br />

TNHSNS . . Transactions Natural History Society of<br />

Northumberland and Durham, New Series.<br />

TNHSOS . . Transactions Natural History Society of<br />

Northumberland and Durham, Old Series.<br />

TNNU . . . Transactions Northern Naturalists Union.<br />

Ug Diss Geog D Undergraduate Dissertation, Dept. Geography, Durham<br />

University. Contact the Departmental Librarian and<br />

Map Curator<br />

Ug Diss Geol D Undergraduate Dissertation, Dept. Geology. Contact<br />

either Dr. G. A. L. Johnson or Miss M. Lumley,<br />

Durham University.<br />

Vas <strong>The</strong> <strong>Vasculum</strong>.<br />

VDNFCNS . . Vale of Derwent Naturalist Field Club, NewSeries.<br />

VDNrCOS . Vale of Derwent Naturalist Field Club, Old Series.<br />

VEG . Vegetatio<br />

40


Printed by Ramsden Williams Publications Ltd.<br />

Ann Street, Consett, Co. Durham.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!